HMI and PLC Connecting Guide
Uploaded by
gpradiptaHMI and PLC Connecting Guide
Uploaded by
gpradiptaTo be the partner of your success
CONTENTS
MT5000/4000 SERIES HMI AND PLC CONNECTING GUIDE ........................................................- 1 1 SERIAL COMMUNICATION PIN DEFINITION ............................................................................................- 1 2 PRINTER CONNECTING CABLE DIAGRAM .............................................................................................- 3 2.1 Serial Interface Printer Cable ........................................................................................................- 3 2.2 Recommend Optional printer ........................................................................................................- 5 3 DOWNLOAD CABLE DIAGRAM ..............................................................................................................- 6 3.1 Download by Serial Port ...............................................................................................................- 6 3.2 Download by USB ........................................................................................................................- 6 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet....................................................................................................- 6 4 COMMUNICATION SETTINGS AND GUIDE OF HMI CONNECTING WITH CONTROLLER ............................- 8 4.1 ABB Corporation...........................................................................................................................- 8 4.2 Allen-Bradley ..............................................................................................................................- 12 4.3 ACS-Tech80 Motion Controller ..................................................................................................- 24 4.4 ADAM.........................................................................................................................................- 26 4.5 AysjNet ........................................................................................................................................- 28 4.6 BACnet MS/TP ...........................................................................................................................- 29 4.7 Baldor NextMove ES (Motion Controller)..................................................................................- 34 4.8 Barcode .......................................................................................................................................- 36 4.9 Baumuller ....................................................................................................................................- 37 4.10 Bosch Rexroth KVFC+ (Inverter).............................................................................................- 38 4.11 Bosch Rexroth ...........................................................................................................................- 40 4.12 Bosch Rexroth Ethernet.............................................................................................................- 48 4.13 CANOpen Node Slave ..............................................................................................................- 54 4.14 Cimon ........................................................................................................................................- 61 4.15 Danfoss Inverter ........................................................................................................................- 63 4.16 Delta Corporation......................................................................................................................- 69 4.17 Delta (Temperature Controller) .................................................................................................- 72 4.18 ENDA........................................................................................................................................- 79 4.19 Emerson NetWork Power ..........................................................................................................- 80 4.20 Epower ......................................................................................................................................- 84 4.21 Facon Corporation.....................................................................................................................- 86 4.22 Fuji SPB ....................................................................................................................................- 92 4.23 GE Fanuc Automation Inc.........................................................................................................- 94 4.24 HAIWELL...............................................................................................................................- 103 4.25 HanG .......................................................................................................................................- 105 4.26 Hitachi Inverter .......................................................................................................................- 106 4.27 Hitachi IES Co., Ltd ................................................................................................................- 108 4.28 Hollysys Corporation ..............................................................................................................- 115 4.29 HuaDA HD-JZ06.....................................................................................................................- 118 4.30 IDEC Corporation ...................................................................................................................- 120 4.31 Inovance Electric Corporation.................................................................................................- 122 -
To be the partner of your success
4.32 Invt ..........................................................................................................................................- 126 4.33 KDN Corporation ....................................................................................................................- 129 4.34 Kinco Corporation...................................................................................................................- 131 4.35 Kinco EB-MOD2P-01(Kinco Bus Bridge) .............................................................................- 134 4.36 Kinco Servo Series ..................................................................................................................- 140 4.37 Kinco Master & Kinco Slave(Master/Slave Protocol Connection).........................................- 143 4.38 Keyence Corporation...............................................................................................................- 144 4.39 Koyo Corporation....................................................................................................................- 150 4.40 KTC Srdlink ............................................................................................................................- 154 4.41 KYL Slave...............................................................................................................................- 156 4.42 LENZE Inverter.......................................................................................................................- 157 4.43 LS Industrial SystemsLG ................................................................................................- 159 4.44 LUST.......................................................................................................................................- 180 4.45 Memory map ...........................................................................................................................- 185 4.46 MEGMEET .............................................................................................................................- 186 4.47 Mikom .....................................................................................................................................- 190 4.48 Millenium3 ..............................................................................................................................- 192 4.49 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation ..............................................................................................- 194 4.50 MKS controller........................................................................................................................- 226 4.51 Modbus....................................................................................................................................- 227 4.52 MODROL................................................................................................................................- 234 4.53 OE MAX .................................................................................................................................- 235 4.54 Omron Corporation .................................................................................................................- 237 4.55 OMRON E5EZ-R3(Temperature Controller)..........................................................................- 255 4.56 OPTO 22 .................................................................................................................................- 257 4.57 Panasonic Electric Corporation ...............................................................................................- 260 4.58 Parker AutomationServo Controller ................................................................................- 264 4.59 PMAC Motion Controller .......................................................................................................- 271 4.60 Power-one AURORA Wind Inverter .......................................................................................- 272 4.61 Profibus DP Slave ...................................................................................................................- 274 4.62 RF-IC (Card Reader) ...............................................................................................................- 278 4.63 RKC Instrument INC. .............................................................................................................- 279 4.64 Saia-Burgess............................................................................................................................- 282 4.65 Sailsors D9 (Temperature Controller) .....................................................................................- 284 4.66 Schneider Electric, Ltd. ...........................................................................................................- 285 4.67 SHIMADEN FP23 ..................................................................................................................- 294 4.68 SIEMENS................................................................................................................................- 297 4.69 SIKO AG05 SIKONETZ5.......................................................................................................- 325 4.70 Sinocon Sc1n...........................................................................................................................- 326 4.71 TAIAN.....................................................................................................................................- 328 4.72 TMCM_303.............................................................................................................................- 330 4.73 THINGET Controller ..............................................................................................................- 332 4.74 Toledo DLoadCell ...................................................................................................................- 334 4.75 Toshiba ....................................................................................................................................- 335 -
To be the partner of your success
4.76 Trio motion controller .............................................................................................................- 339 4.77 Unitronics ................................................................................................................................- 343 4.78 Universal ASCII Slave ............................................................................................................- 347 4.79 Vigor Corporation....................................................................................................................- 348 4.80 XiLin Inverter..........................................................................................................................- 350 4.81 Yamatake Corporation .............................................................................................................- 351 4.82 Yaskawa Electric Corporation .................................................................................................- 356 4.83 Yokogawa Electric Corporation ..............................................................................................- 367 4.84 YuDian AI................................................................................................................................- 373 4.85 ZiGuang Ethernet ....................................................................................................................- 378 -
1 Serial Communication Pin definition
MT5000/4000 Series HMI and PLC connecting guide
1 Serial Communication Pin definition
Serial port COM0
COM0 is a 9-pin D-Sub male port, this port supports RS-232C/RS-485/RS-422A communication, the pin
definition as follows
1
Pin
Function
Signal
RS-232C
RS-485
RS-422A
RX-(B)
--
RS485B
Receive data
RXD
Receive data
--
--
TXD
Transmit data
--
--
TX-
--
--
Transmit data
SG
RX+(A)
--
RS485A
Receive data
NC
--
--
--
NC
--
--
--
TX+
--
--
Transmit data
Signal ground
Serial port COM1
COM1 is a 9-pin D-Sub female port, this port supports RS-232C/RS-485/RS-422A communication, and the
pin definition as follows:
5
Pin
Function
Signal
RS-232C
RS-485
RS-422A
RX-(B)
--
RS485B
Receive data
RXD
Receive data
--
--
TXD
Transmit data
--
--
TX-
--
--
Transmit data
SG
RX+(A)
--
RS485A
Receive data
CTS
Clear transmit
--
--
RTS
Request
transmit
--
--
TX+
--
--
Transmit data
8
9
Signal ground
Serial port COM2
The COM2 and COM0 use the same physical port, the 9-pin D-Sub male port. This COM port supports the
RS232 communication only. The pin definition as follows:
Function
Pin
Signal
NC
--
NC
--
NC
--1-
RS-232C
1 Serial Communication Pin definition
NC
--
SG
Signal ground
NC
--
RXD
Receive data
TXD
Transmit data
NC
--
The COM2 can be used to download and upload HMI program, and connect to PLC via RS232 as
well.COM2.
-2-
2 Printer connectiong cable diagram
2 Printer Connecting Cable Diagram
2.1 Serial Interface Printer Cable
2.1.1 Brightek thermal printer
Users choose the protocol of thermal printer according to the dot-matrix of printer.
16 dots: WH-A62R10 protocol
24 dots: WH-A93RG0-00E825 protocol
2.1.2 Serial Interface Printer Cable of Brightek printer
a. WH4008A31-053 serial print mode, pulling up W1 short circuit block by RS232 level.
b. WH-A62R10 support printing of 190 dots width.
Serial port printing mode via RS232 level, short circuit as follows:
c. WH-A52Z20-30E125 support printing of 240 dots width.
Serial port printing mode via RS232 level, short circuit as follows:
d. WH-A93RG0-00E825 now support printing of 384 dots width
Serial port printing mode via RS232 level, short circuit as follows:
-3-
2 Printer connectiong cable diagram
e. WH-E173R90-00E11720GA support printing of 192 dots width.
f. WH-E191RB0-00E1182055 support printing of 576 dots width (24).
Serial port printing mode via RS232 level
20
TXD
RXD
19
18
BUSY
17
16
GND
15
g. WH-C13RA9-00E82B support printing of 384 dots width, and with automatic cutting function.
Serial port printing mode via RS232 level, short circuit as follows:
2.1.3 Siupo Printer cable
a. SP-E40004SK serial printer supports 240 dots width.
2.1.4 MY POS Printer cable
a. MY-POS80K serial printer which supports 240 dots width. 25 pin.
-4-
2 Printer connectiong cable diagram
2.2 Recommend Optional printer
Printer Driver
Printer model
Interface
Print Structure
Print format
WH-A52Z20-30E125
serial
Stylus micro printer
240 dots/line
WH-A52Z20-40E125
serial
Stylus micro printer
240 dots/line
WH-E202Z20-50E0022T55
serial
Stylus micro printer
240 dots/line
WH-A62R10-41E725
Serial
thermal
192 dots/line
WH-A93RG0-00E725
Serial
thermal
192 dots/line
WH-E173R90-00E11720GA
Serial
thermal
192 dots/line
WH-A93RG0-00E825
Serial
thermal
384 dots/line
WH-T2AR10-30E82B
Serial
Thermal POS
384 dots/line
WH-E191RB0-00E1182055
WH-E191RB0-00E1182055
Serial
thermal
576 dots/line
Siupo SP-M, D, E, F
SP-E4004SK
Serial
Stylus micro printer
240 dots/line
MY-POS80K
MY-POS80K
Serial
thermal POS
240 dots/line
Pictbridge
CANON PIXMA iP4980
USB slave
Ink-jet
A4
EPSON ColorioPX-G5300
USB slave
Ink-jet
A4
HP 8500A/8500A Plus
USB slave
Ink-jet
A4
WH4008A31-053
WH-A62R10
WH-A93RG0-00E825
-5-
3 Download cable diagram
3 Download Cable Diagram
3.1 Download by Serial Port
The COM2 port on the back of the case can be used to connect PLC RS-232 devices and can also be used
to connect with the programming interface and setting interface of a PC.
3.2 Download by USB
3.3 Download by Network Ethernet
Connecting PC and HMI use cross-ruling; communicating with hub or switch use Cross-over cable or
cross-ruling.
A. cross-ruling cable diagram:
HMI Ethernet terminal
Controller terminal
RJ45
RJ45
1 TX+
(orange,white)
2 TX3 RX+
4 BD4+
5 BD46 RX7 BD3+
8 BD3-
orange)
(green,white)
(blue)
(blue,white)
(green)
(brown,white)
(brown)
3 RX+ green,white
6 RX- green
1 TX+orange,white
4 BD4+blue
5 BD4- blue,white
2 TX- orange
7 BD3+ (brown,white)
8 BD3- brown
B. cross-over cable diagram:
-6-
3 Download cable diagram
HMI Ethernet terminal
RJ45
1 TX+
2 TX3 RX+
4 BD4+
5 BD46 RX7 BD3+
8 BD3-
(orange,white)
( orange)
(green,white)
(bule)
(bule,white)
(green)
(brown,white)
(brown)
Ethernet Hub or Switch
RJ45
1 RX+orange,white
2 RX- orange
3 TX+ green,white
4 BD4+ bule
5 BD4- bule,white
6 TXgreen
7 BD3brown,white
8 BD3- brown
-7-
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4 Communication Settings and guide of HMI connecting with Controller
NoteDo not hot plug
4.1 ABB Corporation
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
ABB AC31
O7KR51-V3.6
ABB AC500
PM571
PM581
PM591
Driver
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS485
RS232 on the CPU unit
ABB AC31 Modbus RTU
ABB AC500
Network Communication
Series
CPU
ABB AC500
Link Module
PM583
CPU Direct
Driver
ABB AC500 Modbus TCP Slave
System configuration
Series
CPU
ABB AC31
O7KR51-V3.6
ABB AC500
PM571
PM581
PM591
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232 on the port 1
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232 on the port 2
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Network Communication Settings
Series
ABBCPU
CPU
PM583
Link Module
CPU Direct
Connect Type
Parameter
Ethernet
Setting
Serial Communication Settings
HMI Setting
ABB AC31 Modbus RTU protocol
Default communication parameters 9600, 8, none, 1; station No. : 1
RS232
-8-
Cable
Your owner cable
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485-2
ABB AC500 protocol
Default communication parameters 9600, 8, none, 1; station No. : 1
RS232
-9-
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Settings
Related parameters settings refer to the communication equipment specifications
Network Communication parameters Settings
HMI Settings
PLC
IP setting can use control builder plus orpanel settingspecific reference to ABB help
Supported Device
ABB AC31
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Input bit
I00.00-624.15
------
DD.DD
Output bit
O00.00-624.15
------
DD.DD
M(0.0--99.15)U(233.00-255.15)
------
DDD.DD
S000.00-624.15
------
DDD.DD
Input Register
------
IW00.00-624.15
DD.DD
Output Register
------
OW00.00-624.15
DD.DD
Internal Register
------
MW(0.0--99.15)U(233.00-255.15)
DDD.DD
Indirect Register
------
KW01.00-624.15
DD.DD
Internal Register
(Double words)
------
MD0.00-624.15
D.DD
Indirect Register
(Double words)
------
KD0.00-624.15
D.DD
Internal Relay
Link Relay
- 10 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
ABB AC500
Device
PLC Register
Internal Register
Internal Register
(Double words)
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
MB0.012499.7
------
DDDD.O
------
MW0.03.01695
D.DDDDD
------
MD0.06.01695
D.DDDDD
Note
1Select MODBUS mode in the ABB AC500 programming software;
2If selecting COM1 MODBUS, serial communication setting must be slave in the 15th
Operation mode. Other parameters match the touch-screen.
3Example: MB address: 0.0.1, please input 0.1 in the HMI.
Cable Diagram
ABB AC31 RS232
ABB AC31 RS485-2
ABB AC500 port1 RS232
ABB AC500 port2 RS232
- 11 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller com2 terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com0/com1 com2
2 RX
7 RX
2 TXD
3 TX
8 TX
7 RXD
5 GND
5 GND
5 GND
4.2 Allen-Bradley
Serial Communication
Series
MicroLogix
CPU
Link Module
MicroLogix 1500 (1764-LRP)
Channel 1
MicroLogix 1000
MicroLogix 1200
MicroLogix 1500
(1764-LSP,1764-LRP)
Channel 0
MicroLogix 1400
(1766-L32BWAA)
Channel 0
Driver
AIC+
Advanced
Interface Converter
1761-NET-AIC
Channel 2
Channel 0
SLC500
SLC 5/03
SLC 5/04
SLC 5/05
1770-KF3
2760-RB
1775-KA
5130-RM
AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix
Series(DF1)*1
1771-KGM
PLC-5
PLC-5/11
PLC-5/20
PLC-5/30
PLC-5/40
PLC-5/40L
PLC-5/60
PLC-5/60L
Channel 0
CompactLogix
1769-L20
1769-L30
1769-L31
1769-L32E
1769-L35E
Channel 0
Channel 1
ControlLogix
1756-L61
1756-L63
CPU Direct
*1 Suitable for the PLC that uses RSLinx500 program software
*2 Suitable for the PLC that uses RSLinx5000 program software
- 12 -
AB
CompactLogix/ControlLogix
Series(DF1)*2
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Ethernet Communication (Direct Online Simulation disable)
Series
MicroLogix
CPU
Link Module
MicroLogix 1100
MicroLogix 1400
CPU Direct (channel
1)
MicroLogix 1000
MicroLogix 1100
MicroLogix 1200
MicroLogix 1400
MicroLogix 1500
1761-NET-ENI
AB
SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix
CPU Direct (channel Series Ethernet(TCP Slave)
SLC5/05
SLC500
PLC-5
CompactLogix
Driver
*1
1)
SLC5/03
SLC5/04
SLC5/05
1761-NET-ENI
ALL CPUs that support the
link I/F on the right
1761-NET-ENI
1769-L30ER
1769-L32E
1769-L35E
CPU Direct
All CPUs which support the
link I/F on the right
AB
CompactLogix/ControlLogix
Series Ethernet(TCP Slave)
1761-NET-ENI
*2
*1 Suitable for the PLC that uses RSLinx500 program software
*2 Suitable for the PLC that uses RSLinx5000 program software
Serial System Communication
Series
CPU
1500 (1764-LRP)
MicroLogix
MicroLogix 1000
MicroLogix 1200
MicroLogix 1500
MicroLogix 1400
SLC500
SLC 5/03
SLC 5/04
SLC 5/05
Link Module
Channel 1
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
RS232C
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232C
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232C
Setting
RS232C
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232C
Setting
Your owner cable
Channel 0
AIC+
Advanced
Interface Converter
1761-NET-AIC
Channel 0
Channel 2
Your owner cable
Your owner cable
Channel 0
1770-KF3
2760-RB
1775-KA
5130-RM
1771-KGM
PLC-5
PLC-5/11
PLC-5/20
PLC-5/30
Channel 0
- 13 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC-5/40
PLC-5/40L
PLC-5/60
PLC-5/60L
CompactLogix
ControlLogix
1769-L20
1769-L30
1769-L31
1769-L32E
1769-L35E
1756L61
Channel 0
RS232C
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232C
Setting
Your owner cable
Connect Type
Parameter
Cable
Ethernet
Setting
Your owner cable
Ethernet
Setting
Your owner cable
Channel 1
CPU Direct
Ethernet System Communication
Series
MicroLogix
SLC500
PLC-5
CompactLogix
CPU
Link Module
MicroLogix 1100
MicroLogix 1400
CPU Direct
(channel 1)
MicroLogix 1000
MicroLogix 1100
MicroLogix 1200
MicroLogix 1500
1761-NET-ENI
SLC5/05
CPU Direct
(channel 1)
SLC5/03
SLC5/04
SLC5/05
1761-NET-ENI
ALL
CPUs
that
support the link I/F on
the right
1761-NET-ENI
1769-L30ER
1769-L32E
1769-L35E
CPU Direct
All CPUs which
support the link I/F on
the right
1761-NET-ENI
Serial Communication Setting
AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix Series protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters 19200, 8, none, 1; station No. : 0
- 14 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
RSLogix500 software setting
NOTE:
Driver: DF1 Full Duplex;
Error Detection: CRC.
AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix Series protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters 19200, 8, none, 1; station No. : 0
- 15 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
RSLogix5000 software setting
NOTE: Protocol: DF1 Point to Point; Error Detection: CRC; Enable Duplicate Detection: Disabled.
1Set the communication parameters: Controller properties
- 16 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: Define the new device in the RSLogix5000 before using the register in the HMI.
(2) Define Tags and Data type: Select Controller Tags right-clickNew Tag, set up tag:
NOTE:
1. The controller registers that HMI needs to visit should be defined in the RSLogix5000 in advance.
2. Controller Tags are suitable for all routines in controller, they are global, so the tag should be built in
Controller Tags
(3) Tag Name and File Number mapping: Select LogicMap PLC/SLC Messages.Note: the
software should be in offline mode
- 17 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Example
Build a new tag whose name is a, the Data Type is INT:
Note:
1. For the Data Typethe CompactLogix/ControlLogix supports the INT, BOOL, REAL data type only.
2. This driver does not support Multi-dimensional array, so you can define the range of Dim0 only.
3. In this driver, the INT range is 0~254; REAL range is 0~254, and the BOOL range is 0~999.
Besides, build two new tags whose Names are b and c, Data Type are REAL and BOOL.
The BOOL variable address range is 0~1024 in PLC, but this driver only supports 0~999. So the HMI can
only visit the BOOL register from to 999.
After the tags are defined, map the Name to the File Number:
- 18 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Note:
1. The File Number is unique, a same File Number cannot map to different Names
2. The range of File Number in this driver is 0~254.
The HMI mapping addresses are as follows:
Tag Name
Data Type
Support Range
Mapping File
Number
Mapping HMI address
INT[255]
0~254
INT 000000~000254
BOOL
000.0~254.15
N_BOOL 000000.00~000254.15
REAL[255]
0~254
REAL 001000~001254
BOOL[1024]
0~999
254
B_BOOL 254000~254999
Ethernet Communication Setting
AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting
PLC Setting
- 19 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting
PLC Setting
Supported Device
AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix Series(DF1)
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Bit data file
B30.0-255.15
------
DDD.DD
Bit data file
B100.0-255.15
------
DDD.DD
Bit data file
B110.0-255.15
------
DDD.DD
Bit data file
B120.0-255.15
------
DDD.DD
Bit data file
B130.0-255.15
------
DDD.DD
- 20 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Output data file
O00.0-255.15
------
DD.DD
Input data file
I10.0-255.15
------
DD.DD
Integer data file
------
N150-255
DDD
Integer data file
------
N140-255
DDD
Integer data file
------
N130-255
DDD
Integer data file
------
N120-255
DDD
Integer data file
------
N110-255
DDD
Integer data file
------
N100-255
DDD
Integer data file
------
N70-255
DDD
Floating point data file
------
F80-255
DDD
Counter Accumulator Value
------
C5PV0-255
DDD
Counter Preset Value
------
C5SV0-255
DDD
Timer Accumulator Value
------
T4PV0-255
DDD
Timer Preset Value
------
T4SV0-255
DDD
Note:
The format of I/O address is I/O e.s/b, and the e is slot number, s is variable number and b is bit number.
For example:
The PLC address is O0 0.0/11, mapping address in HMI is O0 0.11;
The PLC address is O0 0.1/8, mapping address in HMI is O0 1.8.
The I/O address in HMI is continuous when different AB CPU use the I/O modules.
Take Micrologix 1400 + output module 1762-OW16 for example, O0 1.3/3 maps the O0 6.3 in HMI.
AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix Series(DF1)
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Integer data file bit level
N_BOOL000000.00~254254.15
------
DDDDDD.DD*1
Bit data file
B_BOOL000000~254991
------
DDDDDD*1
Floating point data file
------
REAL000000~254254
DDDDDD*1
Integer data file
------
INT000000~254254
DDDDDD*1
DInteger data file
------
DINT000000~254254
DDDDDD*1
- 21 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Note:
*1 Variable less than three address the need to fill the former 0
The correct format example as follow: file number is 112, variable address is 87.12, format is 112087.12.
2. Users can define the File Number.
AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix Series Ethernet(TCP Slave)
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Bit data file
B130.0-255.15
------
DDD.DD
Bit data file
B120.0-255.15
------
DDD.DD
Bit data file
B110.0-255.15
------
DDD.DD
Bit data file
B100.0-255.15
------
DDD.DD
Bit data file
B30.0-255.15
------
DDD.DD
Bit data file
Bf:n0.0-255255.15
------
DDDDDD.DD
Output bit data file
O00.0-255.15
------
DD.DD
Input bit data file
I10.0-255.15
------
DD.DD
Output data file
------
OW00-255
DDD
Input data file
------
IW10-255
DDD
Integer data file
------
N150-255
DDD
Integer data file
------
N140-255
DDD
Integer data file
------
N130-255
DDD
Integer data file
------
N120-255
DDD
Integer data file
------
N110-255
DDD
Integer data file
------
N100-255
DDD
Integer data file
------
N70-255
DDD
Integer data file
------
Nf:n0-255255
DDDDDD
Floating point data file
------
F80-255
DDD
Floating point data file
------
Ff:n0-255255
DDDDDD
Counter Accumulator Value
------
C5PV0-255
DDD
Counter Preset Value
------
C5SV0-255
DDD
Timer Accumulator Value
------
T4PV0-255
DDD
Timer Preset Value
------
T4SV0-255
DDD
*1
*1
*1
Note:
*1 Variable less than three address the need to fill the former 0
The correct format example as follow:
Bf:n 113087.12, file number is 113, variable address is 87.12, and mapping address in PLC is B113: 87/12;
Ff:n 9002, file number 9, variable address 2, and mapping address in PLC is F9:2.
AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix Series Ethernet(TCP Slave)
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Integer data file bit level
N_BOOL000000.00~254255.15
------
DDDDDD.DD*1
Bit data file
B_BOOL000000~254999
------
DDDDDD*1
Floating point data file
------
REAL000000~254255
DDDDDD*1
- 22 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Integer data file
------
INT000000~254255
DDDDDD*1
DInteger data file
------
DINT000000~254255
DDDDDD*1
NOTE:
1. Variable less than three address the need to fill the former 0
The correct format example as follow: file number is 112, variable address is 87.12, format is 112087.12.
2. Users can define the File Number.
Cable Diagram
MicroLogix RS232 cable diagram
1. Cable made by AB Corporation
2. Communication module AIC+ (Part No. 1761-NET-AIC) RS232
SLC 5/03 RS232 cable diagram
PLC-5 RS232 cable diagram
- 23 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
CompactLogix/ ControlLogix RS232 cable diagram
Ethernet cable
Connecting PC and HMI use cross-ruling; communicating with hub or switch use cross-over cable or
cross-ruling.
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.3 ACS-Tech80 Motion Controller
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
SA2103
SB214SA
RS232 on the CPU unit
ACS-Tech80
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COM Type
SA2103
SB214SA
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Communication Setting
RS232 communication
- 24 -
Parameter
Setting
Cable
Your owner cable
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
LD 0~3
R/W
Linear Acceleration(LA)
-----------
LA 0~3
R/W
Linear Velocity(LV)
------
LV 0~3
R/W
Next trgt Abs Pos(AP)
------
AP 0~3
R/W
Next Motion Mode(MM)
------
MM 0~3
R/W
Functions Avail.(FA.1)
------
FA.1 0~3
Read Only
Array Offset(AO)
------
AO 0~3
R/W
Arrays Upper Index(UI)
------
UI 0~3
R/W
Arrays Low Index(LI)
------
LI 0~3
R/W
Path Gen.mode(PG)
------
PG 0~3
R/W
Motor enabled(MO)
MO 0~3
------
Write Only
CLEAR
CLEAR 0
------
RESET
RESET 0
------
B 0~3
------
Linear DecelerationLD
NoteR: ReadableW: Writable
Register instructions
1. LDLALVAPMMFA.1AOUILIPG
Main addressAxis parameter numberXYZT
2. MOBOperating instructions
Main addressAxis parameter numberXYZT
3. CLEARRESETOperating instructions
Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
- 25 -
Write Only
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.4 ADAM
Serial Communication
Series
ADAM
CPU
Link Module
Driver
ADAM-4017
RS485 on the CPU unit
ADMA-4015
RS485 on the CPU unit
ADAM-4017
ADMA-4015
System configuration
Series
ADAM
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
ADAM-4017
RS485on the CPU unit
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
ADMA-4015
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
ADAM-4017 default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 255
Notea. To allow the Check Code;
b. Direct online simulation disables.
ADAM-4015 default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1
- 26 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Note: PLC station must match with the ADAM-4015 configuration.
PLC Setting
Connect INIT with GND, and reset the device, then set the communication of ADMA-4015.
Set OK, then Update.
Supported Device
ADAM-4017
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Read Analog Input form Channel N
------
S_Channel 0-65535
DDDDD
Read Analog Input from all Channel
------
A_Channel 0-7
Configuration Status
------
Status 0-65535
DDDDD
Enable/disable Channels for Multiplexing
------
M_channel 0-65535
DDDDD
Read Channel Status
------
Channel_Status 0-65535
DDDDD
- 27 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
------
Read Version
-----Read Module Name
NoteOrder code refer to the ADAM-4107 manual
Version 0-65535
DDDDD
Name 0-65535
DDDDD
1 Data type of S_Channel and A_Channel is signed integer. Decimal digits is 2 when the power
supply is 500mv or 150mv, other conditions is 3.
2 Data type of other registers is HEXING
3M_channel$AA5VVAt the same time allow multiplexing.
Enter the decimal value in the range of 0 to 255, mapping hexadecimal (00-FF)
255FF0-7 channel show.
1277F0-6 channel show, 7 Channel does not show.
ADAM-4015
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Channel
------
Channel 0-5
Floating
Note: Channel 0-5 data type is floating.
Cable Diagram
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller
RS485 terminal
com0/com1
1 RX-
DATA-
6 RX+
DATA+
4.5 AysjNet
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
Compressor Controller
KYK3-K
RS485 on port
AysjNet
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
Compressor
Controller
KYK3-K
RS485 on port
COMM Type
RS485
- 28 -
Parameter
Cable
Setting
Your owner cable
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Communication Setting
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
control
CTL 0~5&128&150
------
DDD
Write only
set
------
SET (0~51)&128
DDD
state
------
STATUS 0.0~17.2
DD.D
Read only
Cable Diagram
4.6 BACnet MS/TP
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
BACnet MS/TP
VLC-660R
Johnson FC BUS
Port on CPU unit
BACnet MS/TP
BACnet MS/TP
Extend
ALERTON
VLC-660R
Port on CPU unit
BACnet MS/TP Extend
Ethernet Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
- 29 -
Driver
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
BACnet IP
Ethernet interface on CPU
BACnet IP
Serial System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COM Type
Parameter
Cable
BACnet MS/TP
VLC-660R
Johnson FC BUS
CPU Direct
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
ALERTON
VLC-660R
Port on CPU
unit
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
BACnet MS/TP
Extend
Ethernet System configuration
Series
BACnet IP
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
Ethernet interface on CPU
Ethernet
Setting
Your owner cable
Serial Communication Setting
BACnet MS/TP protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters 38400, 8, none, 1; station No. : 1
NOTE
MAX Master setting
Protocol Time Out 2mshigh three is MAX Masterdefault 127.
MAC address setting
Protocol Time Out 2mslow three is HMI MAC addressRange is 0-127And it must be
different from others which one in the token-ring
PLC MAC address is setting in [PLC Attribute]-[Station No.]Range is 0~255.
- 30 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
Please refer to the communication equipment related documentation to set the parameter
BACnet MS/TP Extend Protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication38400bps8none1station1
Note:
Lable one:
a.PLC Communication Time Out:255 stands for HMIs ID number;
b.005 stands for HMIs MAC address,Range is 0~127And it must be different from
others which one in the token-ring
Lable three:
a.Protocol Time Out 2:16 stands for register read and writer priority,range is 1~16;
b.9999 stands for offset address;Range is 0~4194303;
c.PLCs ID number=Offset address+The setting in [PLC Attribute]-[Station No.];
- 31 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
Please refer to the communication equipment related documentation to set the parameter.
BACnet IP protocol
HMI Setting
NOTE
Label one, Station No: Range(0~255),Setting in PLC;
Label two, PLC IP Address: Just in the same segment;
Label three, Users can modify:
8000 stands for HMIs ID number,16 stands for register read and writer priority, range
1~16;
PLC Setting
Please refer to the communication equipment related documentation to set the parameter.
Supported Device
BACnet MS/TP Protocol
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Binary Input
BI 0-65535
------
DDDDD
Binary Output
BO 0-65535
------
DDDDD
Binary Value
BV 0-65535
------
DDDDD
- 32 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Analog Input
------
AI 0-65535
DDDDD
Float
Analog Output
------
AO 0-65535
DDDDD
Float
Analog Value
------
AV 0-65535
DDDDD
Float
------
MI 0-65535
DDDDD
Float
------
MO 0-65535
DDDDD
Float
------
MV 0-65535
DDDDD
Float
BACnet MS/TP Extend Protocol
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
AI
------
0-65535
DDDDD
Float
AO
------
0-65535
DDDDD
Float
AV
------
0-65535
DDDDD
Float
BI
0-65535
------
DDDDD
BO
0-65535
------
DDDDD
BV
0-65535
------
DDDDD
MI
------
0-65535
DDDDD
MO
------
0-65535
DDDDD
MV
------
0-65535
DDDDD
1. AIAOAV is float data;
2.This protocol does not support direct online simulation;
3. Three:Bit register transfer is recommended to use a timer to achieve.
Note
BACnet IP Protocol
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Binary Input
BI 0-65535
------
DDDDD
Binary Output
BO 0-65535
------
DDDDD
Binary Value
BV 0-65535
------
DDDDD
Analog Input
------
AI 0-65535
DDDDD
Analog Output
------
AO 0-65535
DDDDD
Analog Value
------
AV 0-65535
DDDDD
------
MI 0-65535
DDDDD
------
MO 0-65535
DDDDD
------
MV 0-65535
DDDDD
Cable Diagram
RS485-2
- 33 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Ethernet cable
Connecting PC and HMI use cross-ruling; communicating with hub or switch use cross-over cable or
cross-ruling.
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.7 Baldor NextMove ES (Motion Controller)
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
NextMove ES
NextMove ES
RS232 on the CPU unit
Baldor NextMove ES
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
NextMove ES
NextMove ES
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
PLC Setting
Use the guide of the Workbench software
- 34 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
- 35 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Only data of comms can be monitored, some address greater than or equal to 100 are read only. Please
pay attention to matching the controller software configuration.
Device
Bit Address
Float
Word AddressParameter symbol Format
---------
1-255
DDD
Notes
Float Data type
Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable of HMI connecting to controller
RS232 programming cableAlso can use USBPower is +5v/12v
4.8 Barcode
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
RS232
Barcode
3800LTP-12E
Barcode
MLJ-MS9590
SYMBOL LS4208-SR200007 ZZR
Flashcode LS3042
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link
Module
COMM
Type
Parameter
Cable
RS232
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
3800LTP-12E
Barcode
MLJ-MS9590
SYMBOL LS4208-SR200007 ZZR
Flashcode LS3042
Communication Setting
- 36 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Word
--------
LW 8900-8999
DDDD
Bit
--------
LB 8999
DDDD
Notes
NOTE:
1. LW 8900-8999: the character after scanning, text and note book parts can display it.
2. LB 8999: the state of barcode is received or not. LB 8999=1 means the data is received.
Cable Diagram
Connect the scanner and the COM port of HMI directly.
4.9 Baumuller
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
Baumuller
BM4413-ST0-02200-03
RS422 on the CPU unit
Baumuller
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
Baumuller
BM4413-ST0-02200-03
RS422 on the CPU
unit
RS485
Setting
Your owner
cable
Communication Setting
- 37 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Bit type
DB_BIT000-255F
------
DDD.H
Word type
------
DB0-255
DDD
Notes
Example: DB2_BIT address please input 0.F in the EV5000 software.
DB2 address please input 11 in the EV5000 software.
Cable Diagram
RS485-4 communication cable
4.10 Bosch Rexroth KVFC+ (Inverter)
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
KVFC+
Link Module
Driver
RS485
Bosch Rexroth KVFC+
System configuration
Series
KVFC+
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
- 38 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Communication Setting
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Start/Stop
STW0~3
------
Set frequency
------
HSW 0
Basic Function Block
------
B 0~41
DD
Deviation alarm
------
E 0~41
DD
------
P 0~37
DD
High function array
------
H 0~38
DD
D array
------
D 0~6
Programmable control
function array
Cable Diagram
- 39 -
Notes
STW0 open, start.
STW0 close, stop.
STW1 close, positive rotation.
STW1 open, negative rotation.
STW2 REV inching turning.
STW3 FWD inching turning.
B16 acceleration time.
B17 deceleration time.
D0: output power.
D2: running current.
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.11 Bosch Rexroth
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
PPC-R
PPC-R22.1 13VRS
Link Module
Driver
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS485 on the port
L40
RS232 on the CPU unit
L20
RS232 on the CPU unit
Bosch Rexroth
System configuration
Series
CPU
PPC-R
PPC-R22.1 13VRS
L40
L20
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232C
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on the port
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232C
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
PPC-R communication setting
RS232 communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station number: 128
RS485 communication
- 40 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: To communicate with the touch screen, declare variable firstly in the Rexroth software.
L40 communication settings
Default communication: 38400, 8, 1, none; Station No.: 2
NOTE: To communicate with the touch screen, declare variable firstly in the Rexroth software.
L40 Hardware Settings
- 41 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
PPC-R software setting
PLC connects with PC via crossover ethernet cable. If using cross-connection ethernet cable, you must add
a HUB (we usually use a cross-connection line to access the Internet)
Hardware configuration
1. Clickscp configurator--->scanning or add device--->next, pay attention to the default
controller IP: 192.168.1.1. And set IP 192.168.1.1 in the software (PC and controller must be set up in
the same segment), ping IP address is OK, that configuration is successful. Save and close scp
configurator--->refresh to see logical devices created in configured logical devices, double-click to
enter. All configurations will be successful.
2. Open indralogic--->online/communication parameter--->new and select TCP/IP to
modify value, set IP address the same as controller: 192.168.1.1
- 42 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
3. Resource--->Global variables--->declare variable in HMI
4. Click online/login
L40 software setting
1) The IndraLogic software connect with the Rexroth IndraControl L40 by ethernet cabletest: plc IP
address192.168.100.103
Open the IndraLogic softwarecreate a new project
Click OK and pop-up the window as follows:
- 43 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTEMust select Download symbol file
Click OK and pop-up the window as follows:
And then edit program
- 44 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Input B0 and pop-up the dialog, configurations as follows, click OK:
And set up coil
At the same time, you will find that there automatically generate two variables in the global variable
Then setting as follows
- 45 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Setting communication parameter:
Then click Login:
Communicating successfully, you can operateOnline menu to select run or others:
- 46 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTEThe PLC panel must be set up, press Enter, then press , until showed up RS232, and then
press Enter to enter COM SERV interfaces (not SERV, it must change to SERV)
In accordance with the above settings, the serial line access, EV5000 can be communicated with the
Rexroth Controller L40 by serial port.
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
BYTE
B0000-9999
------
DDDD
WORD
------
W0-65535
DDDDD
INT
------
I0-65535
DDDDD
UINT
------
UI0-65535
DDDDD
DWORD
------
DW0-65535
DDDDD
DINT
------
DI0-65535
DDDDD
UDINT
------
UD0-65535
DDDDD
Cable Diagram
PPC-R RS232 communication cable
PPC-R RS485 communication cable
- 47 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
L40 communication cable
4.12 Bosch Rexroth Ethernet
Network communication (indirect online and direct online simulation disable)
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
IndraLogic
IndraLogic L40 DPM
ETH on the CPU unit
Bosch Rexroth Ethernet
IndraMotion MLC
IndraControl L25
ETH on the CPU unit
Bosch Rexroth L25 Ethernet
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
IndraLogic
L40 DPM 02VRS
ETH on the CPU unit
ETH
Setting
Your owner cable
IndraMotio
n MLC
IndraControl L25
ETH on the CPU unit
ETH
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
L40
HMI Setting
- 48 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Attribute (station disable)
Network configurationNote: PLC port num. must be set 6042HMI port num. is optionaldefault
is 6042. In addition, the screen and plc must be set in the same network segment, the gateway of the screen
is better to set with the actual use of the network gateway .
NOTE: To communicate with the touch screen, declare variable firstly in the Rexroth software.
PLC Setting
PLC connect with PC by crossover network cableif using cross-connection network cable, you must
add a HUB (we usually use a cross-connection line to access the Internet)
1. After L40 equipped with software driver successfully, to set as follows:
- 49 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
At this time open indralogic -->online/communication parameter -->new and select TCP/IP
to modify valueset IP address the same as controller: 192.168.100.103
- 50 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. Resource--->Global variables--->declare variable in HMI
3. Click online/login
L25:
HMI Setting
- 51 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
1. Modify the IP in the controller.
2. Declare variable in controller programmer software.
3. Software setting
1Create new project and select IndraMotion MLC L25librarydriver and controlIndraMotion MLC,
then drug the selected controller onto the project file.
- 52 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2 IN Insert IndraMotion MLC L25
FWA-CML25*-ML*-12V06and IP address.
properties
box,
set
the
Firmware
3Declare variable
Declare variable UD in [Application][PlcProg(PRG)],and declare the variable type.
4) View the Declared variable in [Application][UserVarGlobal]
- 53 -
release
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4. Click online/login
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
BYTE
B0000-9999
------
DDDD
WORD
------
W0-65535
DDDDD
INT
------
I0-65535
DDDDD
UINT
------
UI0-65535
DDDDD
DWORD
------
DW0-65535
DDDDD
DINT
------
DI0-65535
DDDDD
UDINT
------
UD0-65535
DDDDD
Cable Diagram
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.13 CANOpen Node Slave
Serial Communication
Series
KINCO
CPU
Link Module
K4
Driver
CAN port on the External Device
Other company devices which support
CANOpen
CANOpen port
CANOpen Node Slave
System configuration
Series
KINCO
CPU
K4
Other company devices which
support CANOpen
Link Module
Parameter
CAN port on the External Device
Setting
CAN port
Setting
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
- 54 -
Cable
Your
cable
owner
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: Baud Rate and Station No. must be the same as the setting in the controller.
Parameters Setting
1. Predefined PDO mapping parameters
a. Default is yes, that is an effective predefined PDO mapping parameters. HMI now use the following
PDO communication parameters and mapping
Receive PDO Mapping
Send PDO Mapping
Note: TX_PDO using the event-triggered mode, that is, only when its mapping variable changes, it sends
the PDO.
- 55 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
b. If the "No", the main station or other equipment necessary to configure the PDO communication
parameters and mapping (configure only in the pre-operational status). After configured, you can send a
save command via USB-CAN or controller to save the current configuration (restart still valid).
Command:
Save the configuration information
Restore to factory defaults
Into the operating state
Into the pre-operational status
COB-ID
0x600 + NodeID
0x600 + NodeID
0x00
0x00
DATA
0x23 0x10 0x10 0x01 0x73 0x61 0x76 0x65
0x23 0x11 0x10 0x01 0x6C 0x6F 0x61 0x64
0x01 NodeID
0x80 NodeID
2. Enter operational state automatically
a. Default is "yes", that is, HMI enter the operational status (OPERATIONAL) automatically after
power-up, NMT Master is no need to re-send start instructions.
b. If the "No", then HMI enter the pre-operational status (PRE-OPERATIONAL) automatically after
power-up, only when the NMT Master sends start commands, system can entering the operational status
(OPERATIONAL)
Note: PDO is effective only in the operating conditions (OPERATIONAL).
3. Baudrate
CAN port baud rate must be the same as CAN bus.
4. Node ID
HMI in the CAN bus ID, the ID only for the use of CANopen protocol. When using all the PDO
(RX_PDO1 ~ RX_PDO64, TX_PDO1 ~ TX_PDO64), station number can not exceed 7, the bus station
number of other devices also can not exceed 7.
PLC setting
Note: you can find MT5020.EDS in fieldbus file of EV5000 Installation Directory, or you can download
from www.kinco.cn.
Take MT6000 for example (we use MT6000 HMI to test, and use 3S CODESYS software to download
project)
1. Setup
Start Menu 3s Software->Codesys v2.3->installtarget
Click open choose StepServoARM.tnf, and then click install.
- 56 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. Copy MT5020.EDS to C:\Program Files\Common Files\CAA -Targets\ StepServo\ PlcConf
3. Configuration setting
a. run codesys softwaremake a new project
b. configuration settingright click PLC configuration and choose CanMaster
c. set Baud Rate
- 57 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
d. choose CanMaster right click Append HMI-MT5020
e. Node ID: set slave station No.
f. in the Library Manager we import 3S_CANopenMaster.lib
- 58 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
g. PDO read and write setting
h. define Global Variable
- 59 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
i. SDO settingthis step need program
j. load the configuration into the PLC
Supported Device
- 60 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
LW8000~LW8999
DDDD
Notes
NOTE: We must make the setting of PD0, SD0 and LW the same as codesys
Cable Diagram
4.14 Cimon
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
PLC-S
Cimon
CM3-SP16MDRV
RS232 on the CPU unit
Cimon CM3-SP16
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
PLC-S
Cimon
CM3-SP16MD
RV
RS232 on the CPU
unit
RS232/RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI setting
Default parameter9600bps8none1station number0
RS232
- 61 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Input
X 0.0-63.F
------
DD.F
Output
Y 0.0-63.F
------
DD.F
Sub Relay
M 0.0-511.F
------
DDD.F
Link Relay
L 0.0-255.F
------
DDD.F
Keep Relay
K 0.0-255.F
------
DDD.F
Timer
T 0-519
------
DDD
Counter
C 0-519
------
DDD
- 62 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
------
DDDD
Z Register
F 0-2047
------
Z 0-1029
DDDD
Timer
------
T 0-519
DDD
Counter
------
C 0-519
DDD
Data Device
------
D 0-9999
DDDD
Sub Relay
------
M 0-511
DDD
Output
------
Y 0-63
DD
Input
------
X 0-63
DD
Keep Relay
------
K 0-255
DDD
Link Relay
------
L 0-255
DDD
Step Control Relay
------
S 0-99
DD
Special Relay
Cable Diagram
RS232
RS485
4.15 Danfoss Inverter
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
Danfoss
FC-300
RS485 on the CPU unit
Danfoss
Modbus RTU
System configuration
- 63 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
Danfoss
FC-300
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
Modbus RTU
FC-300
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Danfoss Protocol:
Modbus RTU Protocol:
NoteChange the value of 8-30 to 2 on the Danfoss inverter for modbus protocolChange the value of 8-30
to 0 for the Danfoss Protocol
Inverter
8-3* FC Port Setting
8-30 protocol
*[0] FC (danfoss protocol)
[2] Modbus (modbus protocol)
8-31 address
1 247 * 1 (HMI station No.)
- 64 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
8-32 FC Port Baud Rate
[0] 2400 Baud
[1] 4800 Baud
*[2] 9600 Baud
8-33 FC Port Parity
*[0] even, 1 stop bit
[1] Odd, 1 stop bit
[2] None, 1 stop bit
[3] None, 2 stop bit
Inverter setting
Please refer to the manual of Danfoss inverter for details
Supported Device
Danfoss Protocol:
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
EEPROM Register(Double Word)
EPD0-7998.99999
DDDD.DDDDD
EEPROM Register
EPW0-7998.99999
DDDD.DDDDD
RAM Register(Double Word)
RMD0-7998.99999
DDDD.DDDDD
RAM Register
RMW0-7998.99999
DDDD.DDDDD
Note
1. D indicates decimal; the prefix of RMD\RMW\EPD\EPW is address parameter, the suffix is index
number.
2. Mapping of index address (adding radix point if having index address, index value follow radix point.
Otherwise theres no radix point):
RMW310.1 is to 3-10, please clicking Menu, to find 3-10 to check.
3. If no index, radix point followed by default zero. As follows RMW122 to 1-22:
- 65 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4. R/W of process word:
1 Address of EPD register is 8000, is for saving input command value of process word;
2 Address of EPD register is 8100, is for saving return value of process word;
3 Input command value and return value can be showed by RW register.
4Start\Stop, Mapping of reference value to frequency:
Reason: RWD8000 is for inputting control word, its not able to input control word by itself, but
via sending RW1, RW0 to RWD8000 by timer.
Control word RW1: While RW1=0x47C or 1148, it means start. While RW=0x0F03 or 3843, it
means stop.
- 66 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Frequency of RW0 mapping : If input 2000 to RW0, frequency is 25HZ, and input 4000, frequency
is 50HZ, and so on.
Timer, send value of RW1 and RW0 to RWD8000.
Modbus RTU Protocol:
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Output bit
0X1-65535
------
DDDDD
Input bit (read only)
1X1-65535
------
DDDDD
Input Register (read only)
------
3X1-65535
DDDDD
Output Register
------
4X1-65535
DDDDD
Notes
Note
Mapping of address (same as *10 relationships):
2-01 is to 4X2010
3-02 is to 4X3020
So address 4X1300 is to 1-30 as following picture, here is double word address. To get more
information, please refer to danfoss manual.
In addition, to get mapping address of startup, you should set bit of 3, 4, 5, 6,7,11 coil on:
0x047C=0000 0100 0111 1100
Set 0X 3, 0X 4, 0X 5, 0X 6, 0X 7, 0X 11 all to 1 (if random one of these registers is 0,inverter will
stop.
- 67 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
loop
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
0
Preset reference value LSB
Preset reference value MSB
DC brake
Inertial stop
Quickly stop
locking frequency
Acc/Dec stop
Do not reset
Do not inching
Acc/Dec 1
valid data
Relay 1 close
Relay 2 close
Set LSB
15
Set MSB
16
Do not reverse
Transducer controller word (FC structure)
Do not DC brake
Do not Inertial stop
Do not Quickly stop
Do not locking frequency
start
reset
inching
Acc/Dec 2
invalid data
Relay 1 open
Relay 2 open
reverse
Set 0X 30X 40X 50X 60X 7 all to 1 via the method of setting on when window open; Change
the inverter status (start or stop) by control the status of 0X11.
0x2000=0010 0000 0000 0000(binary bit from the 17th to the 32nd), setting the 30th bit to 1 means
- 68 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
frequency is 25Hz, and 1 in the 29th bit means 12.5Hz, and so on. In short, the 0X17~0X32 is to control
frequency. The inverter will show the value after starting.
0X17~0X32 for controlling frequencymapping as follows:
0x4000 50Hz
0x2000 25Hz
0x1000 12.5Hz (approximate)
0x800 6Hz
And so on, about 80 times
Cable Diagram
4.16 Delta Corporation
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
DVP
DVP14SS11R2
DVP 24
DVP 32
DVP 60ES00
DVP-XXES01
Driver
RS232 on the CPU unit
Delta DVP
RS485 on port
System configuration
Series
CPU
DVP
DVP14SS11R2
DVP 24
DVP 32
DVP 60ES00
DVP-XXES01
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on port
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
DVP RS232 communication
- 69 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
DVP RS485-2 communication
Note: RS485 communication, we should change the value of D1120 in the PLC Software.
PLC setting
1. Wpl207->Auxiliary Editing->RS-485 Protocol Setting (D1120), you can set the value of D1120.
- 70 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. PLC connection with the Wpl207, monitoring changes in the value of D1120. for example, 9600, 7, even,
1. and then D1120=86HEX
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Input
X0-9999
------
OOOO
Output
Y0-9999
------
OOOO
Auxiliary Relay
M0-9999
------
DDDD
Step Relay
S0-9999
------
DDDD
Timer Relay
T0-9999
------
DDDD
Counter Relay
C0-9999
------
DDDD
Timer
------
TV0-9999
DDDD
Counter
------
CV0-127
DDD
Double word counter
------
CV2 232-255
DDD
Data Register
------
D0-9999
DDDD
Cable Diagram
DVP RS232 communication cable
DVP RS485-2 communication cable
- 71 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.17 Delta (Temperature Controller)
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
DVP
DTA4848
DTB9696VR
DTC1000
DTC2000
RS485 on the CPU unit
Delta DTA/DTB/DTC
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
DVP
DTA4848
DTB9696VR
DTC1000
DTC2000
RS485 on port
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
RS485-2 communication
NOTE: Only use 4X, not 3X in the ev5000 project.
Supported Device
- 72 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Output bit
0X1-FFFF
------
HHHH
Input bit (read only)
1X1-FFFF
------
HHHH
Input Register (read only)
------
3X1-FFFF
HHHH
Output Register
------
4X1-FFFF
HHHH
Notes
Controller Setting
1. Set the communication parameter
Setting communication parameter in setting mode
(1)
(Station number) matching the station No. of the Ev5000
(2)
(Baudrate)
(3)
(Data bit)
(4)
(Parity)
(5)
(Stop bit)
Non-supported formats: 7, N, 1 or 8, O, 2 or 8, E, 2(DatabitParityStopbit).
(6) Setting the parameter of CoSH
The data must be ON when executing write operation in touch-screen.
2. Communication parameters and notes
DTA4848Address and Content of Word Register (corresponds to 4X in the HMI)
Address
Content
4700H
Process value (PV)
4701H
Set point (SV)
4702H
Upper-limit alarm 1
Explanations
In the running mode
, when ALA1 is 1 and
Upper-limit alarm is valid.
4703H
Lower-limit alarm 1
In the running mode
, when ALA1 is 1 and Lower
-limit alarm is valid.
4704H
Upper-limit alarm 2
In the running mode
, when ALA2 is 2 and
Upper-limit alarm is valid.
4705H
Lower-limit alarm 2
In the running mode
, when ALA2 is 2 and Lower
-limit alarm is valid.
The data content should not be higher than the temperature
4706H
Upper-limit of temperature range
4707H
Lower-limit of temperature range
range. In the setting mode
The data content should not be lower than the temperature
- 73 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
range. In the setting mode
4708H
PB Proportional band
1 to 9999, unit is 0.1. In the adjusting mode
4709H
Ti Integral time
0~9999. In the adjusting mode
470AH
Td Derivative time
0~9999. In the adjusting mode
470BH
Heating/Cooling hysteresis
0~9999
4710H
Input temperature sensor type
In the setting mode
0: PID (default), 1: ON/OFF, 2: manual tuning. In the setting
4711H
Control method
mode
4712H
Heating/Cooling control cycle
0 to 99 second, 0:0.5s, in the adjusting mode
or
, when it is under the control of PID
4713H
Proportional control offset error
value
0%~100%
4714H
Temperature regulation value
-99.9~99.9. in the adjusting mode
Please refer to the contents of the Alarm Outputs for detail.
4715H
Alarm 1 type
In the setting mode
Please refer to the contents of the Alarm Outputs for detail.
4716H
Alarm 2 type
In the setting mode
4717H
Temperature
selection
unit
4718H
Heating/Cooling
Selection
4719H
Control Run/Stop setting
471AH
Communication
selection
display
control
C : 1 (default), oF : 0. in the setting mode
Heating: 0 (default), Cooling: 1. in the setting mode
Run: 1 (default), Stop: 0. in the running mode
write-in
Communication write in disabled: 0 (default),
Communication write in enabled: 1.
In the setting mode
471BH
Software Version
V1.00 indicates 0 x 100
4729H
AT Setting
OFF: 0 (default), ON: 1. in the adjusting mode
- 74 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4733H
CT monitor value
Unit is 0.1A. in the running mode
DTB9696VRAddress and Content of Word Register (corresponds to 4X in the HMI)
Address
Content
Explanation
1000H
Process value (PV)
Measuring unit is 0.1, updated one time in 0.4 second
1001H
Set point (SV)
Unit is 0.1, oC or oF
The data content should not be higher than the
1002H
Upper-limit of temperature range
temperature range. In the setting mode
The data content should not be lower than the
1003H
1004H
Lower-limit of temperature range
Input temperature sensor type
temperature range. In the setting mode
Please refer to the contents of the Temperature Sensor
Type and Temperature Range for detail. In the setting
mode
0: PID, 1: ON/OFF, 2: manual tuning, 3: PID grogram
1005H
Control method
control. In the setting mode
0: Heating, 1: Cooling, 2: Heating/Cooling, 3:
1006H
Heating/Cooling control selection
Cooling/Heating. In the setting mode
0 ~ 99, 0:0.5 sec. in the adjusting mode
1007H
1st group of Heating/Cooling
control cycle
1008H
2nd group of Heating/Cooling
control cycle
0 ~ 99, 0:0.5 sec. in the adjusting mode
1009H
PB Proportional band
0.1 ~ 999.9. in the adjusting mode
100AH
Ti Integral time
0~9999. in the adjusting mode
100BH
Td Derivative time
0~9999. in the adjusting mode
100CH
Integration default
0 ~ 100%, unit is 0.1%. in the adjusting mode
100DH
Proportional control offset error
value, when Ti = 0
0 ~ 100%, unit is 0.1%. in the adjusting mode
100EH
The setting of COEF when Dual
Loop output control are used
100FH
The setting of Dead band when
Dual Loop output control are used
or
0.01 ~ 99.99, unit is 0.01 (setting when it is under the
control of PID ) in the adjusting mode
-999 ~ 9,999. in the adjusting mode
- 75 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
1010H
Hysteresis setting value of the 1st
output group
1011H
Hysteresis setting value of the 1st
output group
1012H
Hysteresis setting value of the 1st
output group
1013H
Hysteresis setting value of the 2nd
output group
or
0~9999. in the adjusting mode
0~9999. (setting when Dual Loop output control are
used ) in the adjusting mode
or
Unit is 0.1%; write operation is valid under manual
tuning mode only. In the running mode
Unit is 0.1%; write operation is valid under manual
tuning mode only. In the running mode
1 Unit = 2.8uA (Current Output) = 1.3mV (Linear
1014H
Upper-limit regulation of analog
linear output
1015H
Lower-limit regulation of analog
linear output
1016H
Temperature regulation value
-99.9 ~ +99.9, unit: 0.1. in the adjusting mode
1017H
Analog decimal setting
0~3. in the running mode
1018H
Time for valve from full open to
full close
0.1~999.9. in the adjusting mode
1019H
Dead Band setting of valve
0 ~ 100%; unit: 0.1%. in the adjusting mode
101AH
Upper-limit of feedback signal set
by valve
0~1024. in the adjusting mode
101BH
Lower-limit of feedback signal set
by valve
0~1024. in the adjusting mode
101CH
PID parameter selection
Voltage Output) in the adjusting mode
1 Unit = 2.8uA (Current Output) = 1.3mV (Linear
Voltage Output) in the adjusting mode
0~4. in the adjusting mode
101DH
SV value corresponded to PID
value
Only valid within available range, unit: 0.1 scale. in the
adjusting mode
1020H
Alarm 1 type
In the setting mode
1021H
Alarm 2 type
In the setting mode
1022H
Alarm 3 type
In the setting mode
0: None (default), 1~3: Set Alarm 1 to Alarm 3.
1023H
System alarm setting
In the setting mode
- 76 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
1024H
Upper-limit alarm 1
In the setting mode
1025H
Lower-limit alarm 1
In the setting mode
1026H
Upper-limit alarm 2
In the setting mode
1027H
Lower-limit alarm 2
In the setting mode
1028H
Upper-limit alarm 3
In the setting mode
1029H
Lower-limit alarm 3
In the setting mode
102AH
Read LED status
b0 : Alm3, b1: Alm2, b2: F, b3: , b4: Alm1, b5:
OUT2, b6: OUT1, b7: AT
102BH
Read pushbutton status
b0: Set, b1: Select, b2: Up, b3: Down. 0 is to push
unit: 0.1
0: Normal, 1: All setting lock, 11: Lock others than SV
102CH
Setting lock status
102DH
CT read value
Unit: 0.1A. In the running mode
102FH
software version
V1.00 indicates 0x100.
1030H
Start pattern number
value. In the running mode
0 ~ 7. In the running mode
(setting when it is
under the control of PID and the mode of
1040H~
1047H
Actual step number setting inside
the correspond pattern
1050H~
1057H
Cycle number for repeating the
execution of the correspond pattern
1060H~
1067H
Link pattern number setting of the
correspond pattern
0 ~ 7 = N, indicate that this pattern is executed from step
0 to step N. in the setting mode
0 ~ 99 indicate that this pattern has been executed for 1
~ 100 times. In the setting mode
0 ~ 8, 8 indicates the program end. 0~7 indicates the
next execution pattern number after executing the
current pattern. In the setting mode
2000H~
203FH
Pattern 0~7 temperature set point
setting(Pattern 0 temperature is set
to2000H ~ 2007H)
2080H~
20BFH
Pattern 0~7 execution time
setting(Pattern 0 time is set to
2080H~2087H)
-999 ~ 9,999. in the setting mode
Time 0 ~ 900 (1 minute per scale). in the setting mode
~
DTB9696VRAddress and Content of Bit Register (corresponds to 1X in the HMI)
0810H
Communication write-in selection
Communication write in disabled: 0 (default),
Communication write in enabled: 1.
- 77 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
In the setting mode
o
0811H
C/linear input (default): 1 , oF : 0. in the setting
Temperature unit display selection
mode
0812H
Except for the thermocouple B, S, R type, all the
other thermocouple type are valid. (0 or 1).
Decimal point position selection
In the running mode
OFF: 0 (default), ON : 1.
0813H
AT setting
In the adjusting mode
0: STOP, 1: RUN (default).
0814H
Control RUN/STOP setting
In the running mode
0: RUN (default), 1: STOP.
0815H
STOP setting for PID program control
In the running mode
0: RUN (default), 1: Temporarily STOP.
0816H
Temporarily STOP for PID program control
In the running mode
0817H
Valve feedback setting status
0: w/o feedback (default), 1: feedback function.
0818H
Auto-tuning valve feedback status
0: Stop AT (default), 1: Start AT
3. Communication Parameters List
Communication protocol: Modbus (ASCII); Available communication address: 1 to 255, 0 is
broadcast address
Function code: 03H: read the contents of register (Max. 3 words).
06H: write 1 (one) word into register.
Cable Diagram
DVP RS485-2 communication cable
- 78 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.18 ENDA
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
ENDA devices
Link Module
Driver
ELC
RS485-2 on the CPU unit
ETC
RS485-2 on the CPU unit
EUC
RS485-2 on the CPU unit
EPC
RS485-2 on the CPU unit
EDP
RS485-2 on the CPU unit
ENDA Controller/PLC Devices
System configuration
Series
ENDA
devices
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
ELC
RS485-2 on the CPU unit
RS485
ETC
RS485-2 on the CPU unit
RS485
EUC
RS485-2 on the CPU unit
RS485
EPC
RS485-2 on the CPU unit
RS485
EDP
RS485-2 on the CPU unit
RS485
Parameter
Setting
Cable
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
ENDA Devices:Default communication:9600, 8, 1, none; station1
Supported Device
ENDA PLC Devices
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Output Relay
MB 0-65535
------
DDDDD
Input Relay (read only)
IP 0-65535
------
DDDDD
Output Register
------
MW 0-65535
DDDDD
Input Register (read only)
------
IR 0-65535
DDDDD
ENDA Controller Devices
- 79 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Coils
Coils 0-65535
------
DDDDD
Discrete input (read only)
DI 0-65535
------
DDDDD
Holding Registers
------
HR 0-65535
DDDDD
Input Register (read only)
------
IR 0-65535
DDDDD
Notes
Cable Diagram
RS485 communication cable
4.19 Emerson NetWork Power
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
Emerson EC10
Ec10-1006BRA
RS232 on the CPU unit
Emerson EC10
Emerson EC20
Ec20-2012BRA
Ec20-3232BRA
RS232 on the CPU unit
Emerson EC20
System configuration
Series
CPU
Emerson
EC10
EC10-1006BRA
Emerson
EC20
EC20-2012BRA
EC20-3232BRA
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on port1
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on port1
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Emerson EC10 RS232 communication
- 80 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Emerson EC20 RS232 communication
Emerson EC10 RS485-2 communication
Emerson EC20 RS485-2 communication
- 81 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: Communication with port1, you must set the system configuration in the programming software
first.
Supported Device
Emerson EC10
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Input Relay
X000-377
------
OOO
Output Relay
Y000-377
------
OOO
- 82 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Internal Relay
M0000-1999
------
DDDD
Special Relay
SM000-255
------
DDD
Step Relay
S000-991
------
DDD
Timer Relay
T000-255
------
DDD
Counter Relay
C000-255
DDD
DDDD
Data register
------
-----D0000-7999
Special Register
------
SD000-255
DDD
Index Register
------
Z00-15
DD
Timer
------
T000-255
DDD
Counter
------
C000-199
DDD
Counter(double word)
------
C_Double200-255
Data register(double word)
------
D_Double0000-7999
DDDD
Special Register(double word)
------
SD_Double000-127
DDD
DDD
Emerson EC20
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Input Relay
X000-377
------
OOO
Output Relay
Y000-377
------
OOO
Internal Relay
M0000-1999
------
DDDD
Special Relay
SM000-255
------
DDD
Step Relay
S000-991
------
DDD
Timer
T000-255
------
DDD
Counter
C000-255
DDD
DDDD
Data register
------
-----D0000-7999
Special Register
------
SD000-255
DDD
Index Register
------
Z00-15
DD
Timer
------
T000-255
DDD
Counter
------
C000-199
DDD
Counter(double word)
------
C_Double200-255
DDD
Data register(double word)
------
D_Double0000-7999
DDDD
Special Register(double word)
------
SD_Double000-125
DDD
Cable Diagram
Emerson RS232 communication
- 83 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Emerson RS485-2 communication
4.20 Epower
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Epower
Epower
CPU Direct
Driver
EPower
Epower Slave
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Epower
Epower
CPU Direct
RS232
Communication Setting
- 84 -
Parameter
Cable
Setting
Your owner cable
Setting
Your owner cable
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
UPSSet
UPSSet1-6
------
DDDDD
UPSPanel
UPSPanel0-9
------
DDDDD
UPSData
------
UPSData0-70
DDDD
UPSDisp
------
UPSDisp0
DDDDD
UPSCommand
------
UPSCommand0-52
DDDDD
------
UPSText0-1
DDDDD
UPSText
Slave driver notes
- 85 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
1. Transmit the device value to LW, LB by timer; refer to the addr table for details.
2. UPSCommand must use with UPSSetmacro
3. UPSDisp must use with UPStexrUPSPanelmacro.
Epower HMI project notes
1. The project must have UPSData0 device, otherwise the data accuracy will be affected; Suggest to
put UPSData0 device in the public window.
2. LW.B indicates the bits of UPSData
Cable Diagram
COM0 connect to ups communication board
COM1 connect to King software or com debug tool
4.21 Fatek Corporation
Serial Communication
c
CPU
Link Module
RS232 on the CPU unit
FBs
FBs-10MA/MC
FBs-14MA/MC
FBs-20MA/MC
FBs-24MA/MC
FBs-32MA/MC
FBs-40MA/MC
FBs-60MA/MC
FBs-20MN
FBs-32MN
FBs-44MN
FBe-20MA
FBe-28MA
FBe-40MA
CPU unit
FBe/FBn
Driver
FBS-CB25-3
Port 0
FATEK FB
Port 1
Modbus RTU
Port 2
Port 0
- 86 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
FBe-20MC
FBe-28MC
FBe-40MC
FBn-19MCT
FBn-26MCT
FBn-36MCT
CPU unit
Port 0
Port 1
Port 2
FB-DTBR
FB-DTBR-E
Network communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
FBs
FBs-20MAT
FBs-CBE-3
FATEK FB Ethernet(TCP)
Serial System configuration
Driver
FACON
FB
Modbus
RTU
Series
FB MA
FB MC
FB MA
FB MC
CPU
FBs-20MAT
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
RS232 on the CPU
unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
FBS-CB25-3
FBs-20MAT
FBS-CB25-3
Network System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
FBs
FBs-20MAT
FBs-CBE-3
ETH
Setting
Your owner cable
Serial Communication Setting
FACON FB RS232 communication
FBS-CB25-3 module RS485 communication
- 87 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
FBS-CB25-3 module communication
Modbus RTU RS232 communication
Modbus RTU RS485-2 communication
Note: The detailed communication configuration must be the same as the PLCs port setting.
- 88 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Network Communication Setting
HMI Setting
PLC Setting
1 In ether cfg software, click [scan] to search the PLC information.
2 Click [Properties] to change the IP and ports.
- 89 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Click [ok] to save the settings.
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Input
X0-9999
------
DDDD
Output
Y0-9999
------
DDDD
Internal Relay
M0-9999
------
DDDD
Step Relay
S0-9999
------
DDDD
Timer Relay
T0-9999
------
DDDD
Counter Relay
C0-9999
------
DDDD
Data Register
------
R-L 0-3839
DDDD
Data Register
------
R-H 3840-9999
DDDD
Data Register
------
D0-9999
DDDD
Timer
------
T0-9999
DDDD
Counter
------
C0-199
DDD
Double word Counter Register
-----DRC200-255
DDD
NoteR-L register corresponds to the R register of the PLC, the address range 0~3839;
R-H register corresponds to the R register of the PLC, the address range 3840~9999;
DR register corresponds to the D register of the PLC;
TMR register corresponds to the T register of the PLC;
CTR register corresponds to the C register of the PLC;
DRC register corresponds to the C(32) register of the PLCe.g.DRC200==C200
Cable Diagram
FB RS232 communication cable
- 90 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller terminal
15 pin D-SUB (male)
com0/com1 com2
2 RX
7 RX
2 TXD
3 TX
8 TX
1 RXD
5 GND
5 GND
6 GND
3 RTS
4 CTS
FBS-CB25-3 module communication
RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller port1 terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com0/com1
2RXD
3TXD
5GND
7RTS
8CTS
2TXD
3RXD
5SG
7CTS
8RTS
RS485 communication cable
Ethernet cable
Connecting PC and HMI use cross-ruling; communicating with hub or switch use cross-over cable or
cross-ruling.
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
- 91 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.22 Fuji SPB
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
SPB
NW0P20T-31
RS485 interface on the CPU
NB
NB2U24R-11
RS485 interface on the CPU
Fuji SPB
System configuration
Series
SPB
NB
CPU
Link Module
NW0P20T-31
NB2U24R-11
RS485 interface on the CPU
RS485 interface on the CPU
Ethernet Type
Parameter
RS485-4
RS485-4
Setting
Cable
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
NOTEWhen PLC is protected by password, protocol time out 2 is 65535, and the register is read only. If
you want to make the register writable, you must let the protocol time out 2 equal the PLC password.
Example: PLC password is 1234, and then you make the protocol time out 2 to be 1234.
PLC password is 0010, and then you make the protocol time out 2 to be 10.
Supported Device
SPB
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Data register
D 0~6FF.F
------
HHH.H
Special relay
M_special 0~1FF
------
HHH
Counter contact
C 0~FF
------
HH
Timer contact
T 0~1FF
------
HHH
Keep relay
L 0~FFF
------
HHH
Auxiliary relay
M 0~FFF
------
HHH
Output relay
Y 0~3FF
------
HHH
Input relay
X 0~3FF
------
HHH
- 92 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Timer contact
------
TW 0~3FF
HHH
Counter contac
------
CW 0~FF
HH
Data register
DW 0~6FF
HHH
Special register
-----------
DW_special 0~1FF
HHH
Link register(0 slot)
------
W0 0~7FF
HH
Link register(1 slot)
------
W1 0~7FF
HHH
Link register(2 slot)
------
W2 0~7FF
HHH
Link register(3 slot)
------
W3 0~7FF
HHH
Link register(4 slot)
------
W4 0~7FF
HHH
Link register(5 slot)
------
W5 0~7FF
HHH
Link register(6 slot)
------
W6 0~7FF
HHH
-----Link register(7 slot)
W7 0~7FF
NoteM_special address: 8000 in the PLC corresponds to 0 in the HMI.
DW_special address: 8000 in the PLC corresponds to 0 in the HMI.
HHH
NB
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Data register
D 0~3F.F
------
HHH.H
Special relay
M_special 0~1FF
------
HHH
Counter contact
C 0~1F
------
HH
Timer contact
T 0~1F
------
HHH
Keep relay
L 0~1FF
------
HHH
Auxiliary relay
M 0~3FF
------
HHH
Output relay
Y 0~3F
------
HHH
Input relay
X 0~3F
------
HHH
Timer contact
------
TW 0~1F
HHH
Counter contact
------
CW 0~1F
HH
Data register
------
DW 0~3F
HHH
Special register
------
DW_special 0~1FF
HHH
Cable Diagram
- 93 -
Notes
Read only
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.23 GE Fanuc Automation Inc.
Serial Communication
Series
GE Fanuc Series
90-30
CPU
Link Module
Driver
IC693CPU311
IC693CPU313
IC693CPU321
IC693CPU323
IC693CPU331
IC693CPU340
IC693CPU341
IC693CPU350
IC693CPU351
IC693CPU352
IC693CPU360
IC693CPU363
IC693CPU364
IC693CPU374
IC693CSE311
IC693CSE313
IC693CSE323
IC693CSE331
IC693CSE340
Serial Connector on Power
Supply
GE Fanuc Series
SNP
IC693CPU311
IC693CPU313
IC693CPU321
IC693CPU323
IC693CPU331
IC693CPU340
IC693CPU341
IC693CPU350
IC693CPU360
IC693CPU364
Connector on Power Supply
GE SNP-X
IC693CPU351
IC693CPU352
IC693CPU363
IC693CMM311
Connector on Power Supply
Port1 on CPU unit
Port2 on CPU unit
IC693CMM311
IC693CPU374
Port on Power Supply
IC693CMM311
VersaMax Series
CPU001/002/005
CPUE05
RS232 on port1
RS485 on port2
- 94 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
VersaMax Micro &
Nano Series
PACSystems RX3i
IC200UAL004/005/006
IC200UDD110/120/212
IC200UDR005/006/010
IC200UAA007
IC200UAR028
IC695CPE310
IC695CPE320
RS232 on port1
RS485 on port2
RS232 on port1
RS485 on port2
GE Fanuc Series
SNP
Network communication
Series
CPU
Series90-30
PACSystem RX3i
VersMax Micro&Nano
VerMax
Link Module
CPU340
CPU341
CPU350
CPU351
CPU352
CPU360
CPU363
CSE311
CSE313
CSE323
CSE331
CSE340
Driver
IC693CMM321
CPU364
CPU374
Ethernet interface on CPU
IC695CPE305
IC695CPE310
IC695CPE 315
IC695CPE 320
IC695ETM001
IC200UDD020
IC200UDD040
IC200UDD064
IC200UDD120
IC200UDD164
IC200UDD220
IC200UDD240
IC200UDR020
IC200UDR040
IC200UDR064
IC200UDR120
IC200UDR140
IC200UDR164
IC200UDR440
IC200UEM001
CPUE05
Ethernet interface on CPU
- 95 -
GE IP Ethernet
TCP Slave
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Modbus TCP
CPU311
CPU313
CPU323
CPU331
CPU340
CPU341
CPU350
CPU351
CPU352
CPU360
CPU363
CSE311
CSE313
CSE323
CSE331
CSE340
IC693CMM321
CPU364
CPU374
Ethernet interface on CPU
Series 90-70
CPU731
CPU771
CPU772
CPU780
CPU781
CPU782
CPU788
CPU789
CPM790
CPM915
CPM925
CSE784
CSE924
CSE925
CPX772
CPX782
CPX928
CPX935
CGR772
CGR935
IC697CMM742 (Type2)
PACSystem RX7i
CPE010
CPE020
CRE020
Ethernet interface on CPU
Series 90-30
Serial System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
- 96 -
COMM
Parameter
Cable
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Type
GE
Fanuc
Series 90-30
IC693CPU374
RS485 on the
CPU unit
IC693CMM311
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
VersaMax
Series
CPU001/002/005
CPUE05
RS232 on port1
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on port2
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232 on port1
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
VersaMax
Micro & Nano
Series
IC200UAL004/005/006
IC200UDD110/120/212
IC200UDR005/006/010
IC200UAA007
IC200UAR028
RS485 on port2
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
IC695CPE310
IC695CPE320
RS232 on port1
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on port2
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
PACSystems
RX3i
Network System configuration
Series
Connect Type
Parameter
Series 90-30/
Versamax/
PACSystem RX3i/
Versamax
Mico&Nano
Ethernet
(GE IP Ethernet(TCP Slave))
Setting
Series 90-30/
PACSystem RX3i/
Versamax
Mico&Nano
Ethernet
(Modbus TCP Slave)
Cable
Your owner cable
Setting
Serial Communication Setting
GE Fanuc Series SNP RS232 Communication
GE Fanuc Series SNP RS422 Communication
- 97 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
GE SNP-X Protocol RS232 Communication
GE SNP-X Protocol RS422 Communication
NOTE: Set matching communication parameter in the Programming software.
- 98 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
RX3i
Network Communication Setting
MODBUS TCP Protocol:
HMI
- 99 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC:
GE IP EthernetTCP SlaveProtocol:
HMI:
PLC:
- 100 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
System
SC01-32
------
DD
System
SB01-32
------
DD
System
SA01-32
------
DD
System
S01-32
------
DD
Temporary
T001-256
------
DDD
Internal
M0001-4096
------
DDDD
Genius Global
G0001-1280
------
DDDD
Output
Q0001-2048
------
DDDD
Input
I001-256
------
DDD
Analog Output
------
AQ001-512
DDD
Analog Input
------
AI0001-2048
DDDD
Register
------
R0001-9999
DDDD
Address correspondence between modbus
Cable Diagram
90-30/VersaMax/RXi RS232 communication
- 101 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller VersaMax terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com0/com1 com2
2 RX
7 RX
3 TX
8 TX
2 TX
3 RX
5 GND
5 GND
5 GND
VersaMax Micro & Nano Series RS232 communication
CMM311 RS232 communication
CMM311 RS422 communication
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
CMM311 port2 terminal
25 pin D-SUB (male)
com0/com1
1 Rx6 Rx+
5 GND
4Tx9 Tx+
9 SDA
21 SDB
7 GND
13 RDA
25 RDB
10 RTSA
11 CTSA
12 TER CTS
22 RTSB
23 CTSB
90-30/VersaMax RS422 communication
- 102 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Ethernet communication protocol cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.24 HAIWELL
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
E/S
HW-S16ZA220R
Driver
RS232 on com1
Haiwell
RS485 on com2
System configuration
Series
CPU
E/S
HW-S16ZA220R
Link Module
COM Type
Parameter
Cable
RS232 on com1
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on com2
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Haiwell RS232 communication
- 103 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Haiwell RS485 communication
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Special memory Relay
SM0215
-------
DDD
Counter Relay
C0127
-------
DDD
Timer Relay
T0127
-------
DDD
Internal Relay
M02047
-------
DDDD
Switch Output
Y0127
-------
DDD
Switch Input
-------
DDD
System register
X0127
-------
SV0-139
DDD
Counter(Current Value)
-------
CCV-16 0-47&80-127
DDD
Counter(Current Value double word)
-------
CCV-32 48-79
DD
Timer(Current Value)
-------
TCV0-127
DDD
Internal Register
-------
V0-2047
DDDD
Analog Output
-------
AQ0-31
DD
- 104 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
-------
Analog Input
AI0-31
DD
Cable Diagram
Haiwell RS232 communication cable
Haiwell RS485 communication cable
4.25 HanG
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
HanG
DTS3338
RS485 on the CPU unit
HanG
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
HanG
DTS3338
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485
Communication Setting
- 105 -
Parameter
Setting
Cable
Your owner cable
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Password
------
APAS 0
Meter Number
------
ANUM C032
HHHH
Init Meter
------
ASTR 0
Register value
------
AMVD 9010
HHHH
Notes
NOTEUse text part to show meter number (ANUM). AMVD data type: signed integer
Cable Diagram
4.26 Hitachi Inverter
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Hitachi Inverter
SJ300
Link Module
Driver
Hitachi SJ300
RS485-2
System configuration
Series
Hitachi Inverter
CPU
SJ300
Link Module
RS485-2
- 106 -
Parameter
Setting
Cable
Your owner cable
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Communication Setting
HMI default communication parameter: 4800, 7, none, 1; station: 1
Inverter internal setting
Code
Name
description
A001
Frequency set
00(VR)/01(Terminal)/02(operator)/03(RS485)/04(OPT 1)/05(OPT 2)
A002
Run set
01(Terminal)/02(operator)/03(RS485) /04(OPT 1)/05(OPT 2)
C71
Baudrate
02(close loop detect)/ 03(2400bps)/ 04(4800bps)/ 05(9600bps)/ 06(19200bps)
C72
Station set
1~32
C73
Data bit
7(7 bit)/8(8 bit)
C74
Parity
00(none)/01(even)/02(odd)
C75
Stop bit
1(bit)/2(bit)
NOTEA001, A002 must be set 03RS485in order to communication with HMI.
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
P Extend Func 0~50
------
H Extend Func 0~512
DDD
------
F Func Date 0~65535
DDDDD
-----------
C Func Date 0~65535
B Func Date 0~999
DDDD
DDD
------
A Func Date 0~999
DDD
------
TerminalPoint State
Surveillance Data
Format
------
FWD/REW/STOP
FREQ SET
Word Address
------
Transducer State
Notes
DD
(00)FWD/REW/STOP 0
Write only
(01)FREQ SET 0
Write only
(02)TerminalPoint State 0~7
Write only
(03)Surveillance Data 0~12
DD
Read only
Read only
DD
Read only
Write only
(04)Transducer State 0~3
Trip Record
------
(05)Trip Record 0~54
Revert
------
(08)Revert 0
- 107 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Recount Motor Con
------
Store EEPROM
------
(0B)Recount Motor Cons 0
Store EEPROM 0
NOTE(02)Terminal Point State 0~7 use text part
D
D
Cable Diagram
RS485-2 communication cable
4.27 Hitachi IES Co., Ltd
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
H-20
H-28
H-40
H-64
H-200(CPU-02H)
H-250(CPU21-02H)
H-252B(CPU22-02HB)
H-252C(CPU22-02HC)
H-300(CPU-03Ha)
H-302(CPU2-03H)
H-700(CPU-07Ha)
H-702(CPU2-07H)
H-2000(CPU-20Ha)
H-2002(CPU2-20H)
H-4010(CPU3-40H)
H-1002(CPU2-10H)
port on CPU
Hitachi
H-300(CPU-03Ha)
H-302(CPU2-03H)
H-700(CPU-07Ha)
H-702(CPU2-07H)
H-2000(CPU-20Ha)
H-2002(CPU2-20H)
H-4010(CPU3-40H)
COMM-H
COMM-2H
- 108 -
Write only
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
EH-150
MICRO-EH
H-1002(CPU2-10H)
COMM-2H
EH-150(EH-CPU104)
EH-150(EH-CPU104A)
EH-150(EH-CPU208)
EH-150(EH-CPU208A)
EH-150(EH-CPU308)
EH-150(EH-CPU308A)
EH-150(EH-CPU316)
EH-150(EH-CPU316A)
EH-150(EH-CPU448)
EH-150(EH-CPU448A)
EH-150(EH-CPU516)
EH-150(EH-CPU548)
Serial port 1 on CPU
Serial port 2 on CPU
EH-150(EH-CPU516)
EH-150(EH-CPU548)
Port 1 on EH-SIO
Port 2 on EH-SIO
MICRO-EH(EH-D10)
MICRO-EH(EH-A14)
MICRO-EH(EH-D14)
MICRO-EH(EH-A23)
MICRO-EH(EH-D23)
MICRO-EH(EH-A28)
MICRO-EH(EH-D28)
Port 1 on CPU
MICRO-EH(EH-A23)
MICRO-EH(EH-D23)
MICRO-EH(EH-A28)
MICRO-EH(EH-D28)
Port 2 on CPU
MICRO-EH(EH-A64)
MICRO-EH(EH-D64)
MICRO-EH(EH-A40)
MICRO-EH(EH-D40)
MICRO-EH(EH-A20)
MICRO-EH(EH-D20)
Port on CPU
EH-OB232
EH-OB485
Ethernet Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
S10V
LQP510-Z
LQP520-Z
HITACHI S10V Series Ethernet (TCP Slave)
EHV
EHV-CPU32
Ethernet interface on CPU
HITACHI EHV Series Ethernet (TCP Slave)
Serial System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
H-20
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
EH-150
EH-150(EHCPU104)
Serial port 1 on CPU
Serial port 2 on CPU
- 109 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
MICRO-EH
EH-A23DR
Port 1 on CPU
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Port 2 on CPU
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
Ethernet System Communication
Series
CPU
S10V
LQP510-Z
EHV
EHV-CPU32
Link Module
Connect Type
Parameter
LQP520-Z
Ethernet
Setting
Ethernet interface on CPU
Ethernet
Setting
Serial Communication Setting
RS232 communication
RS422 communication
Ethernet Communication Setting
HITACHI S10V Series Ethernet (TCP Slave)
HMI Setting
- 110 -
Cable
Your owner cable
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HITACHI EHV Series Ethernet (TCP Slave)
HMI Setting
Supported Device
Hitachi EH-A23DR
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
External Input
X 00.000-5A.095
------
HHH.DDD
Read Only
External Output
Y 00.000-5A.095
------
HHH.DDD
X 100.000-9FF.095
------
HHH.DDD
Y 100.000-9FF.095
------
HHH.DDD
Remote Input
Remote Output
- 111 -
Read Only
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Internal Output
R 0000-FFFF
------
HHHH
Data Area
M 0000-FFFF
------
HHHH
First CPU Link
L 00000-03FFF
------
HHHHH
Second CPU Link
L 10000-FFFFF
------
HHHHH
On Delay Timer
TD 00000-65535
------
------
DDDDD
WX 000.00-05A.09
HHH.DD
External Output
------
WY 000.00-05A.09
HHH.DD
Remote Input
------
WX 100.00-9FF.09
HHH.DD
Remote Output
------
WY 100.00-9FF.09
HHH.DD
Word Internal Output
------
WR 0000-C3FF
HHHH
Special Word Output
------
WRF 000-FFFF
HHHH
Data Area
------
WM 0000- FFFF
HHHH
First CPU Link
------
WL 0000-03FF
HHHH
Second CPU Link
------
WL 1000-FFFF
HHHH
External Input
Read Only
Read Only
TC 00000-65535
DDDDD
Timer Counter
-----NoteX0.015 in the HMI match x15 in the PLC,Y1.000 in the HMI match Y100,WX0.09 in the HMI
match WX9 in the Plicate effective address is deleted radix point and the first zero behind radix point.
The list of address correspondence
Bit Address
Word Address
PLC address
X 00.000-00.047
------
X 0000-0047
Y 01.000-01.031
------
Y 0100-0131
------
WX 000.00-000.03
WX 0000-0003
------
WY 001.00-Y001.01
WY 0010-0011
Notes
Note: The range of X, Y, WX, WY is according to the I/O assign. Make sure the I/O address before using
the register.
Note:
1. Communication setting
EH series, only port1 supports procedure 2.Switch DIP and change special Internal Input (WR) value to
select procedure.
EH150 seriesonly EHCPU***A/448/516/548 support procedure 2.
EH PLC connect with PC only by procedure 1.
2. CPU related actions
EH150
DIP 5 must be set on.
If DIP 5 is on, which procedure (1 or2) to use by judging the value of the WR F037.The highest bit of
WR F037 must be on, so that the other bits can be written in. The data keep on, when turn on the power
again.
o By entering 0x8000, turn on the power again and value of the address is 0x0000.After settings,
communication with procedure 1.
o By entering 0xC000, turn on the power again and value of the address is 0x4000.After settings,
- 112 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
communication with procedure 2.
The transmission speed of port 1 will be set with DIP 3, 4 switches
o 3 on, 4 off is 19200 bps
The transmission speed of port 2 will be set with DIP 6, PHL switches.
o 6 off, PHL on is 19200 bps
MicroEH
The transmission speed will be set with DIP switches
o SW1 on is 19200 bps
Which procedure(1 or2) to use by judging the value of the WR F01A.Different with EH150, The
highest bit of WR F01A is optional, The data will reset when turn on the power again. If the value of R
7F6 is set on, the data of WR F01A will be stored in Flash memory.
o 0x0000 for procedure 1.
o 0x8000 for procedure 2.
Note: if procedure 2 is set and written in Flash memory, external device (only supports procedure 1) or
ladder editor will not connect with it.
S10V
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
S 0-BFF
------
HHH
Z 0-3FF
------
HHH
E 0-FFF
------
HHH
V 0-FFF
------
HHH
P 0-7F
------
HH
N 0-FF
------
HH
CCC
CCC 0-FF
------
HH
CR
CR 0-FF
------
HH
CD
CD 0-FF
------
HH
CU
CU 0-FF
------
HH
UUU
UUU 0-FF
------
HH
UU
UU 0-FF
------
HH
TTT
TTT 0-1FF
------
HHH
TT
TT 0-1FF
------
HHH
K 0-FFF
------
HHH
M 0-FFF
------
HHH
R 0-FFF
------
HHH
G 0-FFF
------
HHH
Q 0-FFF
------
HHH
Y 0-FFF
------
HHH
J 0-FFF
------
HHH
X 0-FFF
------
HHH
OW
------
OW 0-FFF
HHH
IW
------
IW 0-FFF
HHH
- 113 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
DW
------
DW 0-FFF
HHH
FW
------
FW 0-BFF
HHH
SW
------
SW 0-BF
HH
ZW
------
ZW 0-3F
HH
EW
------
EW 0-FF
HH
VW
------
VW 0-FF
HH
PW
------
PW 0-8
NW
------
NW 0-F
CW
------
CW 0-F
UW
------
UW 0-F
TW
------
TW 0-1F
HH
KW
------
KW 0-FF
HH
MW
------
MW 0-FF
HH
RW
------
RW 0-FF
HH
GW
------
GW 0-FF
HH
QW
------
QW 0-FF
HH
YW
------
YW 0-FF
HH
JW
------
JW 0-FF
HH
XW
------
XW 0-FF
HH
CC
------
CC 0-FF
HH
CS
------
CS 0-FF
HH
UC
------
UC 0-FF
HH
US
------
US 0-FF
HH
TC
------
TC 1FF
HHH
TS
------
TS 0-1FF
HHH
HITACHI EHV Series Ethernet (TCP Slave)
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Timer
T 0-65535
------
DDDDD
Internal output(shared Bit/Word)
M 0-FFFFF
------
HHHHH
Link area No.n(n is 0 to 7)
L 0-73FFF
------
HHHHH
Internal output
R 0-FFFF
------
HHHH
External output
Y 0-65535
------
DDDDD
External input
X 0-65535
------
DDDDD
Timer progress value
------
TC 0-65535
DDDDD
Internal output
------
WM 0-FFFF
HHHH
Link area No.n(n is 0 to 7)
------
WL 0-FFFF
HHHH
Internal output
------
WR 0-FFFF
HHHH
External output
------
WY 0-65535
DDDDD
External input
------
WX 0-65535
DDDDD
Cable Diagram
- 114 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Hitachi EH-A23DR RS232 communication cable
Hitachi EH-A23DR RS422 communication cable
Ethernet Cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.28 Hollysys Corporation
Serial Communication
Series
Hollysys LM
CPU
Link Module
LM3109
Serial port0 on CPU 485
Serial port1 on CPU 232
LM3107
RS232 on CPU
Hollysys LK
Driver
RS232 on CPU
Hollysys
RTU
LM
Modbus
Hollysys LK Modbus RTU
Ethernet Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
Hollysys LK
LK210
Ethernet interface on CPU
Hollysys LK Modbus TCP Slave*1
*1 Support dual redundancy
Serial System Configuration
- 115 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Series
Hollysys LM
CPU
LM3109
LM3107
Hollysys LK
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485on the CPU unit
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Ethernet System Configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
Hollysys LK
LK210
ETH on the CPU unit
ETH
Setting
Your owner cable
Serial Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters:384008none1station51
RS232
RS485-2
Ethernet Communication Setting
- 116 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI Setting
NoteIn the dual redundancy system, just set one of IP addresses in Network Device Setting
PLC Setting
Must set the PLC station in PLC program software.
Supported Device
LM
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Discrete inputs and image Relay
I0.0-2.7
------
D.O
Discrete outputs and image Relay
Q0.0-1.7
------
D.O
M100.0-7816.7
------
DDDD.O
Analog inputs
------
IW0
Analog outputs
------
QW0
Internal register
------
MW0-8190
DDDD
Internal register(double word)
------
MD0-8188
DDDD
Internal memory Relay
Notes
M0-99 are occupied
by system diagnosis.
address must be an
even number;
IW,QW
address
range to 30 by
adding a module
Note: I,IW register read only
LK
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Outputs Relay
0X 1-65535
------
DDDDD
Inputs Relay
1X 1-65535
------
DDDDD
Analog inputs
------
3X 1-65535
DDDDD
Data Register
------
4X 1-65335
DDDDD
Data Register(DWord)
------
5X 1-65535
DDDDD
- 117 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Cable Diagram
Hollysys LM RS232 communication cable
Hollysys LM RS485 communication cable
Ethernet Cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.29 HuaDA HD-JZ06
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
HD
HD-JZ06
Link Module
Driver
RS232 on the CPU unit
HuaDA HD-JZ06\ HuaDA
HD SLAVE
RS485 on the CPU unit
System configuration
Series
CPU
HD
HD-JZ06
Link Module
COMM Type
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
RS232 communication
- 118 -
Parameter
Cable
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485 communication
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
------
DDDD
MCU Register
LB 0-4095
VB 0-4095
------
DDDD
HMI Internal register
------
LW 0-4094
DDDD
MCU Register
------
VW 0-4094
DDDD
HMI Internal Relay
Cable Diagram
RS232 Port
- 119 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485 Port
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com0/com1
1 RX-
7 B-
6 RX+
6 A+
5 GND
5 GND
4.30 IDEC Corporation
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
RS232 on the CPU unit
IDEC MicroSmart
MICRO SMART
FC4A-C10R2
FC5A-C24R2
FT1A-H48SA
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
MICRO
SMART
FC4A-C10R2
FC5A-C24R2
FT1A-H48SA
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
- 120 -
Parameter
Cable
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Internal Relay
M0.0-127.7
------
DDD.O
Output
Q0.0-30.7
------
DD.O
Input
I0.0-30.7
------
DD.O
Data Register
------
D0-8199
DDDD
Counter(Current Value)
------
C_CV0-99
DD
Counter(Preset Value)
------
C_SV0-99
DD
Timer(Current Value)
------
T_CV0-99
DD
Timer( Preset Value)
T_SV0-99
Note: M address: 121 in the plc correspond to 12.1 in the EV5000.
Q\I address: 1277 in the plc corresponds to 127.7 in the EV5000.
DD
Cable Diagram
Idec RS232 communication cable
FC4A
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
com0/com1
1 RX6 RX+
8
3 TXD
2 RXD
4 TX5 GND
Controller terminal
8 pin Mini Din (male)
2
1
4 RXD
3 TXD
5
6 GND
7
FC5A
- 121 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485
4.31 Inovance Electric Corporation
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
H2U
H2U-3624MR
CPU direct
Inovance H2udont support multi station
COM1
CPU direct
Modbus RTU*1
COM1
NOTE: *1 Support multi-station
System configuration
Series
CPU
Driver
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
H2U
3624M
R
Inovance
H2u
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS422 on the CPU unit
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on the com1
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on the com1
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
Modbus
RTU
Communication Setting
Inovance H2u protocol
HMI Setting
HMI monitor protocol communication: 9600, 7, even, 1; station: 0
RS232
- 122 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS422
RS485
PLC Setting
- 123 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
You should put off JP0, if communication on the COM0, RS485.
You should set D8126=01h, if communication on the COM1, RS485.
Modbus RTU protocol
HMI Setting
RS485 communication parameter: PLC COM0 port is controlled by D8110; COM1 port is controlled by
D8120.
PLC setting
COM0 setting: D8116=02h, modbus-RTU slave protocol; D8111=1, station: 1; D8110=81h,
communication parameter: 9600, 8, none, 1.
COM1 setting: D8126=02h, modbus-RTU slave protocol; D8121=1, station: 1; D8120=81h,
communication parameter: 9600, 8, none, 1.
Supported Device
- 124 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Input Relay
X 000-177
------
OOO
Output Relay
Y 000-177
------
OOO
Auxiliary Relay
M 0000-1535
------
DDDD
Timer Relay
T_bit 000-255
------
DDD
Counter Relay
C_bit 000-255
------
DDD
Data Register Relay
SM 8000-8255
------
DDDD
S 000-999
------
DDD
Status Relay
Timer
------
T 000-255
DDD
Counter
------
C 000-199
DDD
Data register
------
D 0000-7999
DDDD
Special Data Register
------
SD 8000-8255
DDDD
Counter MemoryDWord
------
C_dword 200-255
Notes
DDD
Cable Diagram
COM0 port communication cable
RS232
Please uses the programming cable: SC-09
RS422
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller COM0 terminal
8pin Mini DIN(male)
com0/com1
1 RX-
4Tx-
6 RX+
7Tx+
5 GND
3GND
4 TX-
1Rx-
9 TX+
2Rx+
RS485
NOTE: Put off JP0 by RS485.
COM1 port communication cable
- 125 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.32 Invt
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
INVT
IVC1
RS232 on the CPU unit
Invt IVC1
System configuration
Series
INVT
CPU
Link Module
IVC1
RS232 on the CPU unit
COM Type
Parameter
Cable
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
RS232 default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station number: 1
RS485-2 default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station number: 1
- 126 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
1. The PLC has two ports: port0 and port1, port1 support RS232 and RS485
2. Port0 configuration as follow:
Port1 configuration as follow:
- 127 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
C_bit
C_bit 0-255
------
DDD
T_bit
T_bit 0- 255
------
DDD
S 0-1023
------
DDDD
SM
SM 0-255
------
DDD
M 0-2047
------
DDDD
Y 0-177
------
OOO
X 0-177
------
OOO
SD_double
------
SD_double 0-127
DDD
D_double
------
D_double 0-7999
DDD
C_double
------
C_double 200-255
DDD
C_word
------
C_word 0-199
DDD
T_word
------
T_word 0-255
DDD
------
Z 0-15
DD
SD
------
SD 0-255
DDD
------
D 0-7999
DDDD
Cable Diagram
- 128 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller port0
8 pin Mini Din (male)
com0/com1 com2
2 RX
7 RX
5 TXD
3 TX
8 TX
4 RXD
5 GND
5 GND
3 GND
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller port1
com0/com1 com2
2 RX
7 RX
3 TX
8 TX
5 GND
5 GND
TXD
RXD
GND
RS485-2 communication cable
4.33 KDN Corporation
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
KDN-K3
KDN-K304-14AR
RS232 on the CPU unit
KDN-K3
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
KDN-K3
K304-14AR
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Supported Device
KDN-K3
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Discrete inputs and image Relay
I0.0-7.7
------
D.O
Discrete outputs and image Relay
Q0.0-7.7
------
D.O
Internal memory Relay
M0.0-31.7
------
DD.O
- 129 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Analog inputs
------
AIW0-30
DD
Analog outputs
------
AQW0-30
DD
Internal register
------
VW0-4094
DDDD
Internal register(double word)
------
VD0-4092
DDDD
NOTE:
1 AIW, AQW, VW, VD address must be an even number.
2 AIW and I device read only.
3 The single floating VR of PLC corresponds with the VD of the Ev5000 (choose single floating).
Communication Setting
KDN-K3 RS232 communication
Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com0/com1 com2
2 RX
7 RX
3 TXD
3 TX
8 TX
2 RXD
5 GND
5 GND
5 GND
RS485 communication cable
- 130 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.34 Kinco Corporation
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Kinco
K304-14AT
K304-14AR
K304-14AX
K304EX-14AR
K306-24DT
K306-24DR
K306-24AT
K306-24AR
K306EX-24AT
K306EX-24AR
K308-40AR
K308-40AT
K308-40AX
Link Module
Driver
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS485 on the CPU port
Kinco PLC Series
K504-14AT
K504-14AR
K504EX-14AT
K504EX-14AR
K506-24AT
K506-24AR
K506-24DT
K506-24DR
K506EA-30AT
K508-40AT
K508-40AX
K508-40AR
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS485 on the CPU port
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
Kinco
K304-14AT
K304-14AR
K304-14AX
K304EX-14AR
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
- 131 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
K306-24DT
K306-24DR
K306-24AT
K306-24AR
K306EX-24AT
K306EX-24AR
K308-40AR
K308-40AT
K308-40AX
RS485 on the port
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
K504-14AT
K504-14AR
K504EX-14AT
K504EX-14AR
K506-24AT
K506-24AR
K506-24DT
K506-24DR
K506EA-30AT
K508-40AT
K508-40AX
K508-40AR
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on the port
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
RS232 communication
RS485 communication
- 132 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Discrete inputs and image Relay
I0.0-31.7
------
D.O
Discrete outputs and image Relay
Q0.0-31.7
------
D.O
Internal memory Relay
M0.0-31.7
------
DD.O
Analog inputs
------
AIW0-62
DD
Analog outputs
------
AQW0-62
DD
Internal register
------
VW0-4094
DDDD
Internal register(double word)
------
VD0-4092
DDDD
Notes
ERR 0~127*1
ERR
--------
ERR 128~255*2
ERR 256~383*3
DDDDD
ERR 384~511*4
NOTE:
1) AIW, AQW, VW, VD address must be an even number.
2) AIW and I device read only.
3) The single floating VR of PLC corresponds with the VD of the Ev5000 (choose single floating).
*1 ERR0~127 indicate the recent 128 common errors. ERR0 is the latest error, ERR1 is the later
error, and so on.
*2 ERR128~255 indicate the recent 128 serious errors. ERR128 is the latest error, ERR129 is the
later error, and so on.
*3 ERR256~383 indicate the last 128 common errors the last time PLC is powered on. ERR256 is
the last error, ERR257 is the previous error, and so on.
*4 ERR384~511 indicate the last 128 serious errors the last time PLC is powered on. ERR 384 is the
last error, ERR385 is the previous error, and so on.
Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
- 133 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com0/com1 com2
2 RX
7 RX
3 TXD
3 TX
8 TX
2 RXD
5 GND
5 GND
5 GND
CPU304/CPU304EX/CPU306
RS485 communication cable
CPU306EX /308/504
RS485 communication cable
CPU506EA
RS485 communication cable
4.35 Kinco EB-MOD2P-01(Kinco Bus Bridge)
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
FieldBus Bridge
EB-MOD2P-01
RS232 on the CPU unit
Kinco EB-MOD2P-01
Modbus RTU
RS485 on the CPU unit
- 134 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS422 on the CPU unit
System configuration
Series
FieldBus
Bridge
CPU
EB-MOD2P-01
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS422 on the CPU unit
RS422
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
EB-MOD2P-01 RS232 communication
NOTE: Communication parameter must the same as the controller panel.
EB-MOD2P-01 RS485-4 communication
EB-MOD2P-01 RS485-2 communication
- 135 -
Cable
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
EB-MOD2P-01
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Internal/External Output bit
0X1-60
------
DDDDD
Internal/External Input bit
1X1-60
------
DDDDD
Data Register bit
3X_bit1-60
------
DDDDD
Data Register bit
4X_bit1-60
------
DDDDD
Simulate Input Register bit
------
3X1-60
DDDDD
Data Register
------
4X1-60
DDDDD
Data Register
------
5X1-60
DDDDD
Data Register
------
6X1-60
DDDDD
Data Register
------
3X-DINV 1-60
DDDDD
Data Register
------
4X-DINV 1-60
DDDDD
Notes
NOTEThe correspondence between the device of EV5000 and the s7-300 software, as follows:
4X-DINV------------PID
e.g.4X-DINV1------------PID256
4X-DINV3------------PID260
3X-DINV------------PQD
e.g.3X-DINV1------------PQD256
3X-DINV3------------PQD260
4X -------------------PIW
e.g.4X1 --------------------PIW256
4X2--------------------PIW258
3X--------------------PQW
e.g.3X1---------------------PQW256 3X2---------------------PQW258
0X--------------------I
e.g.0X1--------------------I0.0
0X9--------------------I1.0
1X--------------------Q
e.g.1X1--------------------Q0.0
1X9--------------------Q1.0
4X_BIT -------------------PIWbinary
e.g.4X_BIT1.0~~1.15-------------------PIW256binary
3X_BIT--------------------PQWbinary
- 136 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
e.g. 3X_BIT1.0~~1.15--------------------PQW256binary
PLC software setting
Setup the GSD in the S7-300 software
Procedure
1.Close all stations in HW Config.
2.And select option-->setup GSD.
3. In the installation *.GSD file dialog box, select Source: folders contain *. GSD file, or the
STEP 7 project contain *. GSD file
4.Select one or more files from *.GSD file list, and then click on "install" button.
Copy the icon (. BMP file) to the relevant path, such as BRIDGE productBitmap_Device
=
"EVIEW", that copy the "EVIEW" BMP file to the relevant path: c:\siemens\step7\s7data\nsbmp or
c:\siemens\cpbv51\bitmaps
After installation, you can find the appropriate symbol in "PROFIBUS DP\GATWAY".
Project configuration
1Use the guide to set up projects in the s7-300 software.
2Double click DP of "HW Config"->attribute->new
3After press ok, and then give a connection as follows
- 137 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: the address of DP cant be the same as MPIs. Double click the address number to change.
4Double click GATEWAY"->"eview"->"B_MO1"to extend device.
NOTE: for project configuration of BRIDGE, you must configure DI/D0 resource of 12 bytes firstly.
AI/AO is optional.
5Must Use OB82,OB86,OB100,OB121,OB122 in the ladder program of the external device, otherwise
you need to manually operate the RUN switch of the external device as RUN,STOP,RUN in this order
upon restart the display or PLC. When you use those special OB block, the communication will be
automatically recovered even if you restart the display or PLC.
6Save and compile, and download to module, then the light of profibus is on.
7After configuration, and then you can program.
Bus Bridge setting:
- 138 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
1 Setting ID of Profibus by switching 8-bit Dip(DIP1 is lowest bit, DIP8 is highest bit),range is from 3
to 125;
ID must be the same as its configuration in Siemens software. As above picture for example, setting is 3,
that the switch DIP1 and DIP2 on the panel of profibus are set ON, others are OFF.
2Profibus support baudrate as follows: 9.6Kbit/s, 19.2Kbit/s, 45.45Kbit/s, 93.75Kbit/s, 187.5Kbit/s,
0.5Mbit/s, 1.5Mbit/s, 3Mbit/s, 6Mbit/, 12Mbit/sand interface is automatically adaptive.
3A cable (purple),connect DP interface of s7-300 and bus bridge of profibus. Two sides have active
terminal resistors; Switch on the s7-300 PLC is off, on the busbridge is on.
4 Setting baudrate of modbus by switching DIP1-3 of modbus ID port, support 8 kinds of
baudrate .Setting as follows:
1
Baud
OFF
OFF
OFF
1200
ON
OFF
OFF
2400
OFF
ON
OFF
4800
ON
ON
OFF
9600
OFF
OFF
ON
19200
ON
OFF
ON
38400
OFF
ON
ON
57600
ON
ON
ON
115200
5Setting station number of modbus by switching DIP4-8 of modbus ID port ,support 1 to 30 kinds of
station number(DIP4 is lowest bit,DIP8 is highest bit, if DIP4 is on and DIP5~8 is off, it means station
number is 00001,that is No. 1 station).
Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
RS485-4 communication cable
- 139 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485-2 communication cable
4.36 Kinco Servo Series
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
ED
ED100
ED430
ED620
ED630
CD
CD420
CD430
CD620
Link Module
Driver
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS485 on port
Kinco Servo Series
RS232 on the CPU unit
System configuration
Series
CPU
ED
ED100
ED430
ED620
ED630
CD
CD420
CD430
CD620
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on port
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; staion: 1
RS232 communication
- 140 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: If the servo controller to modify the station number, the servo power needed to restart, the station
number to take effect, otherwise the communication is incorrect.
RS485 communication
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Range
word
20
Refer to the kinco manual
word
10
Refer to the kinco manual
word
Refer to the kinco manual
Notes
NOTE: Use the touch screen, pay attention to the rules addressing. The specific reference to the following
description.
Touch-screen type of address: according to the number of bits to the servo. Can only be 20, 10, 8.
Address of the touch screen: master address, and sub address
For example, kinco servo drive manual on page 117, the address 2509, sub-address 06, median 20,
addressing the touch screen as shown:
- 141 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Cable Diagram
ED Series
RS232 communication cable
RS485 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female\male
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com0/com1
1 RX-
7Rx8Tx5 GND
2Rx+
3Tx+
5 GND
6 RX+
CD Series
RS232 communication cable
- 142 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.37 Kinco Master & Kinco Slave(Master/Slave Protocol Connection)
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
Kinco Master
Kinco Master
Kinco Slave
Kinco Slave
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
Kinco Master
Setting
Your owner cable
Kinco Slave
Setting
Your owner cable
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
B0 - 8999
------
DDDD
------
W0 - 8999
DDDD
Communication Setting
Kinco Master
Kinco Slave
- 143 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Cable Diagram
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller terminal
9pin D-SUB female
com0/com1 com2
2 RX
7 RX
3 TXD
3 TX
8 TX
2 RXD
5 GND
5 GND
5 GND
4.38 Keyence Corporation
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
KV-16DT
KV-16DT
CPU Direct
KV-1000
KV-1000
CPU Direct
KV-3000
KV-3000
CPU Direct
Keyence KV-16DT
Keyence KV-1000
Keyence KV-3000
KV-Nano Series
KV-N60AT
CPU Direct
Keyence KV-N60AT
Network communication
Series
KV-5000
CPU
KV-5000
Link Module
Driver
Keyence KV-5000 EtherNet Slave
CPU Direct
Serial System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
KV-16DT
KV-16DT
CPU Direct
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
KV-1000
KV-1000
CPU Direct
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
KV-3000
KV-3000
CPU Direct
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
KV-Nano Series
KV-N60AT
CPU Direct
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
- 144 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Network System configuration
Series
CPU
KV-5000
KV-5000
Link Module
CPU Direct
Connect Type
Ethernet
Parameter
Setting
Cable
Your owner cable
Serial Communication Setting
Keyence KV-16DT protocol
Default communication: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0
Keyence KV-1000 protocol
Default communication: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0
Keyence KV-3000 protocol
Default communication: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0(Dont support station No.)
- 145 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Keyence KV-N60AT protocol
Default communication parameters 9600bps, 8even 1,station NO0
RS232
PLC setting
1. In the [Confirm unit setting information] dialog box click [Yes], and the [Unit
Editor] window will display. On the [Select unit] tab, from the displayed list of
units select KV-N60, then drag &drop to the unit placement area. Configure
the setup items as follows.
Operation Mode: KV STUDIO mode; Baud Rate: 9600 bps.
Note: 1. Timer and counter register must be programmed in the KV STUDIO software before it be used in
the HMI.
2. If the communication is slower, you can change the baud rate and the Protocol time out 1(ms)
Network Communication Setting
- 146 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Keyence KV-5000 EtherNet Slave protocol
HMI Setting
PLC configuration
1. "Editor" window, click [Configure unit] in the "[0] KV-5000 R30000" to modify the IP address of
the PLC, PLC and PC in the same segment, modify the IP address of the test shown, click [confirm] to save
the modifications
2. Switch to the "Monitor" window to see the changes of the figure will pop up window, Click [PLC
transfer -> Monitor mode (T)], pop-up "transmission program [communication goals: KV-5000 path:
USB]", Click [implementation], content writing, once again view the "[0] KV-5000 R30000" in the PLC's
IP address in the "Monitor" window [unit configuration], This indicates that the address has been modified
over.
Supported Device
KV-16DT
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Counter_contact0- 59915
------
DDDDD
Timer_contact0- 65535
------
DDDDD
High speed counter
CTH_contact0- 511
------
DDD
High speed counter Comparator
CTC_contact0- 511
------
DDD
------
DDDDD
Counter current
Relay0- 32766
------
Counter_current0- 3915
DDDD
Counter preset
------
Counter_preset0- 65535
DDDDD
Timer current
------
Timer_current0- 65534
DDDDD
Timer preset
------
Timer_preset0- 11998
DDDDD
Counter Relay
Timer Relay
Relay
- 147 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
High speed counter
------
CTH_current0- 65534
DDDDD
High speed counter
------
CTH_preset0- 32766
DDDDD
High speed counter Comparator
------
CTC_current0-65534
DDDDD
High speed counter Comparator
------
CTC_preset0- 32766
DDDDD
Data memory
------
DM0- 32766
DDDDD
TM0- 32766
DDDDD
-----Temporary data memory
Note: Non-supported batch transfer of bits or words for this protocol.
KV-1000
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Relay
R0-59915
------
DDDDD
Control Relay
CR0-3915
------
DDDD
Internal auxiliary relay
MR0-65535
------
DDDDD
Latch Relay
LR0-65535
------
------
DDDDD
DM0-65534
DDDDD
Control Memory
------
CM0-11998
DDDDD
Temporary data memory
------
TM0-511
DDD
Extended Data memory
------
EM0-65534
DDDDD
Extended Data memory
------
FM0-32766
DDDDD
Data Memory
Notes
KV-3000
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Relay
R0-999.15
------
DDD.DD
Control Relay
CR0-39.15
------
DD.DD
Internal auxiliary relay
MR0-999.15
------
DDD.DD
Latch Relay
LR0-999.15
------
DDD.DD
Data Memory
------
DM0-65534
DDDDD
Control Memory
------
CM0-5999
DDDD
Temporary data memory
------
TM0-511
DDD
Extended Data memory
------
EM0-65534
DDDDD
Notes
-----FM0-32767
DDDDD
Extended Data memory
Note: PLC bit address without a decimal point in the distinction, in fact, the last two addresses
corresponding to the fractional part, makes a distinction between the touch screen.
- 148 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Example, PLC which corresponds to R009, the touch screen address is R0.09; PLC which corresponds to
R015, the touch screen address is R0.15.
KV-5000
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Relay
R0-3744.11
------
DDDD.DD
Control Relay
CR0-244.11
------
DDD.DD
Internal auxiliary relay
MR0-4095.15
------
DDDD.DD
Latch Relay
LR0-4095.15
------
DDDD.DD
Data Memory
------
DM0-65534
DDDDD
Control Memory
------
CM0-11998
DDDDD
Temporary data memory
------
TM0-511
DDD
Extended Data memory
------
EM0-65534
DDDDD
Notes
-----FM0-32767
DDDDD
Extended Data memory
Note: PLC bit address without a decimal point in the distinction, in fact, the last two addresses
corresponding to the fractional part, makes a distinction between the touch screen.
KV-N60AT
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Relay
R0-599.15
------
DDD.DD
Control Relay
CR0-89.15
------
DD.DD
- 149 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Internal auxiliary relay
MR0-599.15
------
DDD.DD
Latch Relay
LR0-199.15
------
DDD.DD
Link Relay
B0-1FFF
------
HHHH
Work Relay
VB0-1FFF
-------
HHHH
Counter
------
C0-255
DDD
Timer
------
T0-511
DDD
Data Memory
------
DM0-32767
DDDDD
Control Memory
------
CM0-8999
DDDD
Temporary data memory
------
TM0-511
DDD
Link register
------
W0-3FFF
HHHH
Working memory
------
VW0-9999
DDDDD
Cable Diagram
KV Series RS232 communication cable
Ethernet communication protocol cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.39 Koyo Corporation
Serial Communication
Series
KOYO
DIRECT
CPU
Link Module
SM24-T
RS232 on the CPU unit
DL06
DL105
DL230
DL240
DL250
DL350
DL450
Driver
RS232 on the port1
Koyo Direct
RS232\RS422 on the port2
System configuration
- 150 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Series
KOYO
DIRECT
CPU
Link Module
SM24-T
RS232 on the CPU unit
DL05
DL06
DL105
DL230
DL240
DL250
DL350
DL450
RS232 on the port1
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232 on the port2
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Input
I(X)0-477
------
OOO
Output
Q(Y)0-477
------
OOO
variable
M(C)0-377
------
OOO
Timer Status
T(T)0-177
------
OOO
Counter Status
C(CT)0-177
------
OOO
Data Register
------
R(V)0-7777
OOOO
PLC software setting
1. The security password function must be disabled.
2. The COM port must adopt K sequence protocol.
3. Set the switch of the CPU with working mode setting switch to the TERM state.
Communication Setting
KOYO series RS232 communication setting
KOYO series RS485 communication setting
- 151 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
KOYO DL06 series RS422 communication setting
Cable Diagram
KOYO SM24-T series RS232 communication cable
KOYO SM24-T series RS485 communication cable
- 152 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
KOYO DL06 series RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller PORT2
15 pin SVGA terminal
(male)
com0/com1 com2
8 TX
3 TX
2 RX
7 RX
5 GND
5 GND
3 RX
2 TX
7 GND
4 RTS
5 CTS
KOYO DL06 series RS422 communication cable
- 153 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.40 KTC Srdlink
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
SRD
SRD2211
COM
Link Module
Driver
RS232 on CPU unit
RS485 on CPU unit
KTC SRDLINK
RS232 on CPU unit
COM2023
RS485 on CPU unit
System configuration
Series
CPU
SRD
SRD2211
COM
COM2023
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
RS232 on CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on CPU unit
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232 on CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on CPU unit
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
KTC RS232 communication
KTC RS485-2 communication
- 154 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: Must modify communication parameter in the programming software.
Supported Device
Please refer to the PLC manual for details.
Cable Diagram
KTC RS232 communication cable
Direct connect (cable by KTC Corporation)
KTC RS485 communication cable
- 155 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.41 KYL Slave
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
KYL Slave
KYL
RS232 on the CPU unit
KYL Slave
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COM Type
Parameter
Cable
KYL Slave
KYL
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
RS232
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Group close instruction
LB0
------
DD
Remote valve open operation
LB1
------
DD
Remote valve close operation
LB2
------
DD
Remote valve address set operation
LB3
------
DD
Set gain cunrrent state
LB4
------
DD
flase valve open
LB8
------
DD
flase valve close
LB9
------
DD
valve open feedback
LB10
------
DD
valve close feedback
LB11
------
DD
valve uncap alarm
LB12
------
DD
valve hypopiesis alarm
LB13
------
DD
Show current valve state
LB14
------
DD
- 156 -
Notes
Station:1; LB
address
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Show valve state
LB15
------
DD
Group close instruction
LB17
------
DD
Remote valve open operation
LB18
------
DD
Remote valve close operation
LB19
------
DD
Remote valve address set operation
LB20
------
DD
Set gain cunrrent state
LB24
------
DD
flase valve open
LB25
------
DD
flase valve close
LB26
------
DD
valve open feedback
LB27
------
DD
valve close feedback
LB28
------
DD
valve uncap alarm
LB29
------
DD
valve hypopiesis alarm
LB30
------
DD
Show current valve state
LB31
------
DD
Staion:2, LB
address(LB is on
the base of
1station+16)
Cable Diagram
RS232
4.42 LENZE Inverter
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
Lenze Lecom A/B
EVF9323-EV
RS232 on the CPU unit
Lenze Lecom_AB
System configuration
Series
Lenze
Lecom A/B
CPU
EVF9323-EV
Link Module
COM Type
Parameter
Cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Lecom AB RS232 communication
- 157 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Lecom AB RS485 communication
Supported Device
Refer to the PLC software for detailsGlobal drive control
Notecode_H: Data type is HEX
code_F: Data type is Floating
code_D: Data type is Decimal
Cable Diagram
Lecom AB RS232 communication cable
- 158 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com0/com1 com2
2 RX
7 RX
3 TXD
3 TX
8 TX
2 RXD
5 GND
5 GND
5 GND
Lecom AB RS485 communication cable
4.43 LS Industrial SystemsLG
Serial Communication
Series
Master-K
XGT
Type
CPU
Link Module
Driver
K120S
K7M-DR10UE
K7M-DR20U
K7M-DT30U
K7M-DT40U
K7M-DT60U
Port1 on CPU unit
Port2 on CPU unit
K200S
K3P-07AS
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232 on the CPU unit
XGB
XBC-DN64H
XBC-DR32H
Built-in RS-232C/RS-485
LS XGT CPU Direct
LS XGT Cnet
XEC-DN20SU
RS232 on the CPU unit
LS XGB CPU Direct
LS Master-K CPU Direct
LS Master-K Cnet
LS Master-K Modbus RTU
RS232 on the CPU unit
GM6
GLOFA
G6L-CUEB
G6L-CUEC
GM
RS232 on the CPU unit
GM7
LS GLOFA Cnet
G7L-CUEB
G7L-CUEC
Inverter
iG5A
SV008iG5A-2
RS485-2on the CPU unit
LS iG5A
The difference of LS Master-K CPU DirectLS Master-K CnetLS Master-K Modbus RTU
Protocol
LS
Master-K
PLC Setting
Communication Mode
Multi-station
Baud(bps)
Switch the DIP2 to be
RS232/RS485
support
9600/19200
- 159 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Cnet
ON, DIP1 to be OFF
/38400
LS Master-K
MODBUS RTU
Switch the DIP2 to be
ON, DIP1 to be OFF
RS232/RS485
support
9600/19200
/38400
LS
Master-K
CPU Direct
Switch the DIP1 and
DIP2 to be OFF
RS232
non-support
38400
Ethernet communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
GLOFA
GM6-CPUA
G6L-EUTP
LS GLOFA FEnet
XGT
XGK-CPUE
XGL-EFMT
LS XGT Ethernet
Serial System Configuration
Series
CPU
K7M-DR10UE
K120S
K7M-DR20U
K200S
K3P-07AS
XGB
XBC-DN64H
XBC-DR32H
XEC-DN20SU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
Port1 on CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Port2 on CPU unit
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
Port1 on CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Port2 on CPU unit
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Built-in RS-232C
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Built-in RS-485
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS422/RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
G7L-CUEC
RS422/RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
on the CPU unit
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
GM6
G6L-CUEB
G6L-CUEC
GLOFA
RS232 on the CPU unit
G7L-CUEB
GM7
iG5A
SV008iG5A-2
Ethernet System Configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
GLOFA
GM6-CPUA
ETH on the CPU unit
ETH
Setting
XGK-CPUE
XGL-EFMT
ETH
Setting
XGT
Serial Communication Setting
LS Master-K Cnet protocol
Default communication: 38400, 8, none , 1; station:1
HMI Setting
RS232 communication
- 160 -
Cable
Your owner cable
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485 communication
PLC setting
If click Connect+Write+Run+Monitor Start, it will give a Cannot Change PLC Mode. Need to let the
run light go out by manual control, and then download. After download, let the run light keep on.
- 161 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
LS Master-K CPU Direct protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 38400, 8, none , 1; station:1
RS232 communication
NOTE: Only support 38400 baud rate for the protocol
LS Master-K Modbus RTU protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 38400, 8, none , 1; station:1
RS232 communication
PLC Setting
- 162 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
If click Connect+Write+Run+Monitor Start, it will give a Cannot Change PLC Mode. Need to let the
run light go out by manual control, and then download. After download, let the run light keep on.
LS XGT CPU Direct protocol
Default communication: 115200, 8, none, 1; station: 0
RS232 communication
NOTE: Only support 115200 baud rate for the protocol; station number disable.
LS XGT Cnet protocol
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 0
HMI Setting
RS232 communication
- 163 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485-2 communication
PLC Setting
1. Tools---Network Manager set communication
- 164 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. Communicating in the OPR mode
LS XGB CPU Direct
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters: 115200bps, 8, 1, none; PLC station No.:0
NOTE:Only support 115200 baud rate for the protocol; station number disable.
- 165 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
LS GLOFA Cnet protocol
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 0
HMI Setting
RS232 communication
RS485-4 communication
PLC Setting
1. Set the parameters of CPU module
Open GMWIN, ParametersBasic Parameters set Communication:
- 166 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. Set the parameters of module
Take G6L-CUEC for example,
Open GMWIN, select ToolCnet Frame Editor,
As G6L-CUEC is RS422/485 module, the channel should be selected RS422 side. After set the
parameters, click OnlineConnect, and then click OnlineWrite after the communication is built,
pay attention to choose the correct Slot No..
- 167 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
The Slot No. is the I/O slot position where the communication module is. For example, G6L-CUEC is
plugged in the I/O 1, the Slot No. should be selected SLOT 1.
NOTE: Be sure to put the switch of the module to 9 (ON-LINE) position when communicating.
LS ig5A Protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600bps,8,none,1;PLC station:1
PLC Setting
Settings
paneldisplay
I59
Parameter
Addr
A43B
directions
Protocol
Modbus RTU
LS BUS
I60
A43C
Station
1-250
I61
A43D
BaudRate
1200[bps]
2400[bps]
4800[bps]
9600[bps]
19200[bps]
nonestop bit:1
nonestop bit:2
evenstop bit:1
oddstop bit:1
I65
A441
ParityCheck
The controller also supports the standard Modbus RTU protocol , set the agreement with
LS ig5A.
Ethernet Communication Setting
LS GLOFA FEnet protocol
GM6-CPU Setting
- 168 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI Setting
PLC Setting
1. Modify the parameters of PLC: ToolsEnet Frame Editor, set the type as FENET:
NOTE: Modify the IP address only via serial communication, and in the offline.
2. On the Enet Editor and select Edit, set the PLC series and IP address
3. On the Option and select COM Port, set the serial port of PC
- 169 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4. Download: OnlineConnectWrite
XGK-CPUE Setting
HMI setting
PLC setting
1. PLC parameter settings: [Tools] - [ network management ] , in the pop-up window XG-PD ,
create a new file , select the correct CPU kind .
- 170 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. Double click the [ base 00 ], in the pop-up window [communication module Settings], select
the category FEnet .
3. Double click the FEnet, in the pop-up window [ Standard Settings] to set the IP address and
drive .
- 171 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
LS Master-K CPU Direct
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
I/O Relay
P 0.0-255.F
------
DDD.H
Auxiliary Relay
M 0.0-255.F
------
DDD.H
Link Relay
L 0.0-255.F
------
DDD.H
Keep Relay
K 0.0-255.F
------
DDD.H
Special Relay
F 0.0-255.F
------
DDD.H
Counter
C 0-255
------
DDD
Timer
T 0-255
------
DDD
I/O Relay
------
P 0-255
DDD
Auxiliary Relay
------
M 0-255
Link Relay
------
L 0-255
Keep Relay
------
K 0-255
Special Relay
------
F 0-255
------
S 0-255
Timer
------
T 0-255
DDDD
Counter
------
C 0-256
DDDD
Data Register
------
D 0-9999
DDDD
NOTEF address: 01 in the PLC corresponds to 0.1 in the HMI;
F address: 2A in the PLC corresponds to 2.A in the HMI.
Other register addresses, and so on.
- 172 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
LS Master K-cnet
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
I/O Relay
P 0.0-255.F
------
DDD.H
Auxiliary Relay
M 0.0-255.F
------
DDD.H
Link Relay
L 0.0-255.F
------
DDD.H
Keep Relay
K 0.0-255.F
------
DDD.H
Special Relay
F 0.0-255.F
------
DDD.H
Counter
C 0-255
------
DDD
Timer
T 0-255
------
DDD
I/O Relay
------
P 0-255
DDD
Auxiliary Relay
------
M 0-255
DDD
Link Relay
------
L 0-255
DDD
Keep Relay
------
K 0-255
DDD
Special Relay
------
F 0-255
DDD
------
S 0-255
DDD
Timer
------
T 0-255
DDDD
Counter
------
C 0-256
DDDD
Data Register
------
D 0-9999
DDDD
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
I/O Relay
P 0.0-1023.F
------
DDD.H
Auxiliary Relay
M 0.0-1023.F
------
DDD.H
Link Relay
L 0.0-2047.F
------
DDD.H
Keep Relay
K 0.0-4095.F
------
DDD.H
Special Relay
F 0.0-1023.F
------
DDD.H
Timer
------
T 0-255
DDD
Counter
------
C 0-255
DDD
Data Register
------
D 0-9999
DDDD
Notes
LS Modbus RTU
Notes
LS XGT_Cnet
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
File Relay
R_bit 0.0-10239.F
------
DDDDD.H
Data Relay
D_bit 0.0-10239.F
------
DDDDD.H
Communication Relay
N_bit 0.0-5119.F
------
DDDD.H
Link Relay
L_bit 0.0-2047.F
------
DDDD.H
Index Relay
Z_bit 0.0-624.F
------
DDD.H
Counter Contact Relay
C_bit 0-9999
------
DDDD
- 173 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Timer Contact Relay
T_bit 0-9999
------
DDDD
Special Relay
F_bit 0.0-1023.F
------
DDDD.H
Keep Relay
K_bit 0.0-4095.F
------
DDDD.H
Auxiliary Relay
M_bit 0.0-1023.F
------
DDDD.H
I/O Relay
P_bit 0.0-1023.F
------
DDDD.H
File Register
------
R_word 0-10239
DDDDD
Data Register
------
D_ word 0-10239
DDDDD
Communication Register
------
N_ word 0-9999
DDDD
Link Register
------
L_ word 0-9999
DDDD
Step Control Register
------
S_ word 0-9999
DDDD
Index Register
------
Z_ word 0-9999
DDDD
Counter
------
C_ word 0-9999
DDDD
Timer
------
T_ word 0-9999
DDDD
Special Register
------
F_ word 0-9999
DDDD
Keep Register
------
K_ word 0-9999
DDDD
Auxiliary Register
------
M_ word 0-9999
DDDD
I/O Register
------
P_ word 0-9999
DDDD
NOTE: Register T_bit and C_bit can not communicate batch
LS XGT CPU Direct
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
File Relay
R_bit 0.0-10239.F
------
DDDDD.H
Data Relay
D_bit 0.0-10239.F
------
DDDDD.H
Communication Relay
N_bit 0.0-5119.F
------
DDDD.H
Link Relay
L_bit 0.0-2047.F
------
DDDD.H
Index Relay
Z_bit 0.0-624.F
------
DDD.H
ZR_bit 0.0-10239.F
------
DDDDD.H
Counter Contact Relay
C_bit 0-9999
------
DDDD
Timer Contact Relay
T_bit 0-9999
------
DDDD
Special Relay
F_bit 0.0-1023.F
------
DDDD.H
Keep Relay
K_bit 0.0-4095.F
------
DDDD.H
Auxiliary Relay
M_bit 0.0-1023.F
------
DDDD.H
I/O Relay
P_bit 0.0-1023.F
------
DDDD.H
File Register
------
R 0-10239
DDDDD
Data Register
------
D 0-10239
DDDDD
Communication Register
------
N 0-9999
DDDD
Link Register
------
L 0-9999
DDDD
Step Control Register
------
S 0-9999
DDDD
- 174 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Index Register
------
Z 0-9999
DDDD
------
ZR 0-10239
DDDDD
Counter Set Value
------
C_ SV 0-9999
DDDD
Timer Set Value
------
T_ SV 0-9999
DDDD
Counter Current Value
------
C_ CV 0-9999
DDDD
Timer Current Value
------
T_ CV 0-9999
DDDD
Special Register
------
F 0-9999
DDDD
Keep Register
------
K 0-9999
DDDD
Auxiliary Register
------
M 0-9999
DDDD
I/O Register
------
P 0-9999
DDDD
LS XGB CPU Direct
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
A_Bit 0.0-8191.F
-------
DDDD.H
F_Bit 0.0-1023.F
-------
DDDD.H
W_Bit 0.0-10239.F
-------
DDDDD.H
R_Bit 0.0-10239.F
-------
DDDDD.H
Special module Relay
U_Bit 0.0-511.F
-------
DDD.H
Keep Relay
K_Bit 0.0-4095.F
-------
DDDD.H
Link Relay
L_Bit 0.0-2047.F
-------
DDDD.H
Auxiliary Relay
M_Bit 0.0-4095.F
-------
DDDD.H
Output Relay
Q_Bit 0.0-1023.F
-------
DDDD.H
Input Relay
I_Bit 0.0-1023.F
-------
DDDD.H
-------
A 0-8191
DDDD
-------
F 0-1023
DDDD
-------
W 0-10239
DDDDD
File Register
-------
R 0-10239
DDDDD
Special module Register
-------
U 0-511
DDD
Keep Register
-------
K 0-4095
DDDD
Link Register
-------
L 0-2047
DDDD
Auxiliary Reguster
-------
M 0-4095
DDDD
Output Register
-------
Q 0-1023
DDDD
Input Register
-------
I 0-1023
DDDD
Special Relay
File Relay
Special Register
Same area with R
LS GLOFA Cnet
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Buffer Memory(Bit)
MX0-32767
------
DDDDD
Output(Bit)
QX0-1763
------
DDDD
Input(Bit)
IX0-1763
------
DDDD
Buffer Memory(Dword)
------
MD0-16368
DDDDD
- 175 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Output(Dword)
------
QD0.0-17.1
DD.D
Input(Dword)
------
ID0.0-17.1
DD.D
Buffer Memory(Word)
------
MW0-32767
DDDDD
Output(Word)
------
QW0.0-17.3
DD.D
Input(Word)
------
IW0.0-17.3
DD.D
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Buffer Memory(Bit)
MX0-131056
------
DDDDD
Output(Bit)
QX0-1763
------
DDDD
Input(Bit)
IX0-1763
------
DDDD
Buffer Memory(Dword)
------
MD0-4095
DDDD
Output(Dword)
------
QD0.0-17.1
DD.D
Input(Dword)
------
ID0.0-17.1
DD.D
Buffer Memory(Word)
------
MW0-8191
DDDD
Output(Word)
------
QW0.0-17.3
DD.D
Input(Word)
------
IW0.0-17.3
DD.D
LS GLOFA FEnet
Notes
NOTE:
1. The address format of %QX\IX is DD.D.DD (00.0.00~63.7.63) in the PLC, it correspond to DD D DD
(0~63763) in the HMI; Note that put 0 before the address if the address is less than two bits.
For example,
Internal address : %QX\IX 0.3.1 in the PLC correspond to QX\IX 301 in the HMI;
Internal address : %QX\IX 1.4.63 in the PLC correspond to QX\IX 1463 in the HMI;
2. The address format of %QD\ID is D.D.D (0.0.0~1.7.1) in the PLC, it correspond to D D.D (0.0~17.1) in
the HMI;
For example,
Internal address : %QD\ID 0.3.1 in the PLC correspond to QD\ID 3.1 in the HMI;
Internal address : %QD\ID 1.5.1 in the PLC correspond to QD\ID 15.1 in the HMI;
3. The address format of %QW\IW is D.D.D (0.0.0~1.7.3) in the PLC, it correspond to D D.D (0.0~17.3) in
the HMI;
For example,
Internal address : %QW\IW 0.3.1 in the PLC correspond to QW\IW 3.1 in the HMI;
Internal address : %QW\IW 1.5.3 in the PLC correspond to QW\IW 15.3 in the HMI;
LS iG5A protocol
Device
Bits
Words
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
AB 0.0-65535.F
-------
DDDDD
-------
AW 0-65535
DDDDD
1The representation of address is hexadecimal in the Inverter User's Manual , used in
NOTE:
the project must be converted to decimal.Such as universal domain address
0000 corresponds to AW0The address of the function list A100 corresponds
AW41216.
- 176 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2Register more than eight consecutive addresses will not be properly read.
3Some address may affect the surrounding register read, should used separately
H8andH10H42andH44,do not show put together
H20H30H36H37H42H50H51H52H70H90
F30F37F60I27I57
MODUS RTU protocolsupport LS iG5A
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Read Holding Registers
-------
3X 1-65535
DDDDD
Read Input Registers
-------
4X 1-65535
DDDDD
NOTE:
Inverter address converted to decimal, the address of the function list A100
corresponds AW41216.
Modbus 1 0000
Cable Diagram
LS Master-K Cnet/ LS Master-K Modbus RTU protocol
RS232 communication cable
RS485-2 communication cable
LS Master-K CPU Direct protocol
RS232 communication cable
- 177 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
LS XGT/XGB CPU Direct protocol
RS232 communication cable
LS XGT Cnet protocol
RS232 programming cable
RS232 communication cable
RS485 communication cable
- 178 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
LS GLOFA Cnet protocol
RS232 communication cable
RS422 communication cable
NOTE: Be sure to put the switch of the module to 9 (ON-LINE) position when communicating.
LS iG5A protocol
Ethernet Cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
- 179 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.44 LUST
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
CDE34.008
CDE34.008
RS232 on the CPU unit
LustBus
Network communication (direct online simulation disable)
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
ServoOne junior
Lust
ETH on the CPU
Lust Ethernet Slave
Serial System configuration
Series
CDE34.008
CPU
Link Module
COM Type
CDE34.008
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Parameter
Setting
Cable
Your owner cable
Network System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
ServoOne junior
Lust
ETH on the CPU
ETH
Setting
Your owner cable
Serial Communication Setting
Lustbus RS232 default communication: 57600, 7, even, 1; station: 1
Network Communication Setting
HMI Setting
- 180 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
The way to change IP of Servo drive system
Plug the 24-volt power supply on the X2, plug the network cable on the X9.
Refer to the map, press the T1 or T2 to modify the IP
- 181 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Parameter
Initial IP
Modified IP
b3
b2
b1
b0
int
192
168
39
hex
C0
A8
27
05
int
192
168
100
240
hex
C0
A8
64
F0
b3
b2
b1
b0
int
192
168
39
hex
C0
A8
27
05
int
192
168
100
240
hex
C0
A8
64
F0
Parameter
Initial IP
Modified IP
The following description of specific processes, after the servo power
D1
D2
5.
1.
Press key T1 of about 1s
D1
D2
Press key T1 of about 1s
D1
D2
Press key T2 of about 1s
- 182 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
D1
D2
Press key T2 of about 1s
D1
D2
Press key T2 of about 1s
D1
D2
1s at about T2 button to display the value of d0, the initial value is 05
D1
D2
Press T1, respectively, and T2, you can adjust the value of b0, After release, while at T1 and T2 key until
the display or can be, Then press and T1 and T2, also show b0, then press the key T1 of about 1s,can switch
to b2, empathy can be modified the value of b2, b3, b4, modify the good, the same press T1 and T2 until
display or (where press T1 and T2 at the same time is the key to save and exit).
Well, after the change, restart the power, and then ping.
After the software is connected
Supported Device
- 183 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
CDE34.008
Refer to the Controller software for details: DriveManager for c-line drives
ServoOne junior
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Array_DWord32
0.00000-32767.65535
DDDDD.DDDDD
Array_DWord16
0.00000-32767.65535
DDDDD.DDDDD
DWord32
0-32767
DDDDD
Word16
0-32767
DDDDD
Notes
Note: Array_DWord32/Array_DWord16 the address format is the primary address + decimal point +
sub-address, such as the address for the save as shown below, the main address is 11, sub-address is 0, the
data type is int16, then the touch screen corresponding to the address is Array_DWord16 11.00000.
The primary address is 11, sub-address is 1, the data type is int16, then the touch screen corresponding to
the address is Array_DWord16 11.00001. In addition, INT8 address, select Word16, but also through the
conversion can be displayed, as should show -3, while the display 253, which can be done in the macro
data conversion, so 253-256 = -3, that is in need of special address type conversion .
Cable Diagram
Lustbus RS232 communication cable
- 184 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Ethernet communication protocol cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.45 Memory map
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
BMS005A-MC11
BMS005A-MC11
RS422 on the CPU unit
MemoryMap(Master-Slave)
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
BMS005A-MC11
BMS005A-MC11
RS422 on the CPU unit
RS422
Setting
Your owner
cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication: 57600, 8, none, 1; station: 1
PLC Setting
Please refer to the manual of PLC for the configuration.
Supported Device
- 185 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
LW.B 8000.0-8999.15
--------
DDDD.DD
--------
LW8000-8999
DDDD
Cable Diagram
4.46 MEGMEET
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
MEGMEET MC280
MC280-1616BTA4
RS232 on the CPU unit
MEGMEET MC Series
Serial Communication Parameters and Cables Production
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
MEGMEET
MC280
MC280-1616
BTA4
RS232 on the CPU
unit
RS232/RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
Serial Communication Parameters
HMI Setting
Default communication:9600bps, 8even1station1
RS232
- 186 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485
PLC Setting
1.Open X_builder,New projectselect PLC typeMC280
- 187 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2.Open System blockComm Port,set comm portsupport Modbus
1Port0 settingRS232
2Port1andPort2 settingRS485
- 188 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NotesUsing X_builderMain routine cannot be empty
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Input Relay
X 0-377
------
OOO
Output Relay
Y 0-377
------
OOO
Internal Relay
M 0-10239
------
DDDDD
Special Relay
SM 0-511
------
DDD
Step Relay
S 0-4095
------
DDDD
Timer Relay
T_BIT 0-511
------
DDD
Counter Relay
C_BIT 0-306
------
DDD
D 0-7999
DDDD
Special Register
-----------
SD 0-511
DDD
Index Register
------
Z 0-15
DD
Timer
------
T_Word 0-511
DDD
Counter
------
C_Word 0-199
DDD
Counter(double word)
------
C_DWord 200-306
DDD
------
R 0-32767
DDDDD
------
R_DWord 0-32767
DDDDD
Special Register(double word)
------
SD_DWord 0-511
DDD
Data register(double word)
------
D_DWord 0-7999
DDDD
Data register
Cables Production
RS232
- 189 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485
4.47 Mikom
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
MX2H
MX2H-3232M
Driver
RS232 on the CPU unit
Mikom MXxh
RS485 on port
System configuration
Series
CPU
MX2H
MX2H-3232M
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
Port 0
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Port 1
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters 19200, 7, 1, evenStation1
- 190 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Input Relay
X 0-777
OOO
Output Relay
Y 0-777
OOO
Counter
C_bit 0-511
DDD
Timer
T_bit 0-511
DDD
Status Relay
S 0-1535
DDDD
Special Relay
SM 0-511
DDD
Internal Relay
M 0-4095
DDDD
Data register
D 0-7999
DDDD
Special Register(double word)
SD 0-511
DDD
Z 0-255
DDD
Timer
T_word 0-255
DDD
Counter
C_word 0-199
DDD
Index Register
NOTE:
The PLC MODBUS protocol does not support double-word data type, so the protocol
does not support the bulk of the word read and write .
- 191 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Cable Diagram
RS232 Communication
RS485-2 Communication
4.48 Millenium3
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Millenium 3
Millenium 3
Driver
RS232 on the CPU unit
Millenium 3
RS485 on the CPU unit
System configuration
Series
CPU
Millenium 3
Millenium 3
Link Module
COM Type
Parameter
Cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters 115200, 7, 1, evenStation1
RS232 Communication:
- 192 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485-2 Communication
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Register
------
Register 0~23
DD
Write only
Register
------
Register 24~47
DD
Read only
Cable Diagram
RS232
- 193 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Users need to make the communication cable for M3 and HMI (region of red marquee as shown above)
M3 communicate with COM0 of HMI, the cable connection is as follow:
NOTE: Provide 5V DC high level for the pin 4 of M3 9-pin D-Sub.
M3 communicate with COM1 of HMI, the cable connection is as follow:
RS485-2
4.49 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation
Serial Communication
Series
FXCPU
CPU
FX1S
FX0N
FX1N
Link Module
Driver
CPU Direct
FX-422-BD*3
Mitsubishi FX1S*2
FX-485-BD *3
FX-485-ADP*3
Mitsubishi FX1S*2
Mitsubishi
(Multi-station) *1
CPU Direct
Mitsubishi FX0N/1N/2N/3G*2
- 194 -
FX-485ADP/485BD/232BD
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
FX1NC
FX2N
FX2NC
FX2N-10GM
FX2N-20GM
FX-422-BD*3
FX-485-BD*3
FX-485-ADP*3
FX-232-BD*3
Mitsubishi FX0N/1N/2N/3G*2
Mitsubishi
FX-485ADP/485BD/232BD
1
(Multi-station) *
CPU Direct
Mitsubishi FX2N_10GM/20GM
CPU Direct
FX3U
FX3UC
FX-485-BD*3
FX-485-ADP*3
FX-232-BD*
FX3G
Q00jCPU
Mitsubishi FX3U*2
FX-422-BD*3
Mitsubishi FX3U*2
Mitsubishi
(Multi-station) *1
FX-485ADP/485BD/232BD
CPU Direct
Mitsubishi FX0N/1N/2N/3G*2
RS232 on the CPU unit
Mitsubishi Q00J (CPU Port)
QJ71C24
QJ71C24-R2
QJ71C24N
QJ71C24N-R2
QJ71C24N-R4
1. Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)
2. Mitsubishi Melsec Q
RS232 on the CPU unit
Q00CPU
Q01CPU
QCPU
Q01UCPU
Q03UDCPU
Q06UDHCPU
1. Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)
2. Mitsubishi Melsec Q
RS232 on the CPU unit
Mitsubishi Q series (CPU Port)
RS232 on the CPU unit
Mitsubishi Q series (CPU Port)
Mitsubishi Q06Hv2*4
QJ71C24
QJ71C24-R2
QJ71C24N
QJ71C24N-R2
QJ71C24N-R4
1. Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)
2. Mitsubishi Melsec Q
Q12HCPU
RS232 on the CPU unit
Mitsubishi Q06Hv2*4
Q00UJCPU
RS232 on the CPU unit
Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)
Q02UCPU
RS232 on the CPU unit
Mitsubishi Melsec Q
Q06HCPU
RS232 on the CPU unit
Mitsubishi Q06H
Mitsubishi Q06Hv2*4
L02CPU
LJ71C24-CM
Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)
Q02CPU
Q02HCPU
Q25HCPU
LCPU
QJ71C24
QJ71C24-R2
QJ71C24N
QJ71C24N-R2
QJ71C24N-R4
- 195 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: 1. *1 The protocol support multi-station
2. *2 The protocol dont support multi-station
3. *3 means the module that is suitable for the PLC
4. *4 The protocol support to modify the device points, only to support Q06HCPU and
Q02HCPU.
Network Communication (Direct online simulation disable)
Series
CPU
Link Module
FX3GE-24M
Ethernet port on CPU unit
FX3U-32M
FX3U-ENET-L
Q00CPU
Q00JCPU
Q01CPU
Q02CPU
Q02HCPU
Q06HCPU
Q12HCPU
Q25HCPU
Q03UDECPU
Q04UDEHCPU
Q06UDEHCPU
Q13UDEHCPU
Q26UDEHCPU
QJ71E71
QJ71E71-B2
QJ71E71-B5
QJ71E71-100
Q02UCPU
Q03UDCPU
Q04UDHCPU
Q06UDHCPU
Q13UDHCPU
Q26UDHCPU
QJ71E71
QJ71E71-B2
QJ71E71-B5
QJ71E71-100
LCPU
L02CPU
L26CPU-BT
Ethernet port on CPU unit
QCPU
Q03UDECPU
Q26UDV CPU
Ethernet port on CPU unit
FXCPU
QCPU
Driver
Mitsubishi FX Series Ethernet(TCP
Slave)
Mitsubishi QJ71E71 EtherNet Slave
Mitsubishi QnA 3EBin Ethernet(TCP
Slave)
Serial System configuration
Series
FXCPU
CPU
FX1S
FX0N
FX1N
FX1NC
FX2N
Link Module
COMM
Type
Parameter
Cable
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit
FX-422-BD
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
FX-485-BD
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit
FX-422-BD
FX-485-BD
FX-485-ADP
- 196 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
FX2NC
FX-485-ADP
FX-232-BD
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
FX-485-BD
FX-485-ADP
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
FX-232-BD
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Q00jCPU
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Q00CPU
Q01CPU
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Q00jCPU
Q00CPU
Q01CPU
Q02CPU
Q02HCPU
Q03UDCPU
Q25HCPU
QJ71C24
QJ71C24-R2
QJ71C24N
QJ71C24N-R2
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
QJ71C24
QJ71C24N
QJ71C24N-R4
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
Q00UJCPU
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Q02CPU
Q02HCPU
Q01UCPU
Q02UCPU
Q03UDCPU
Q06HCPU
Q06UDHPU
Q25HCPU
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Q06HCPU
Q12HCPU
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
L02CPU
LJ71C24-CM
Setting
Your owner cable
FX2N-10GM
FX2N-20GM
RS485 on the CPU unit
FX3G
RS485 on the CPU unit
FX3UC
FX3U
Melsec Q
LCPU
RS485 on the CPU unit
FX-422-BD
RS232
RS485-4
Network System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
Connect Type
Parameter
Cable
FXCPU
FX3GE-24M
Ethernet port on CPU
unit
Ethernet
Setting
Your owner cable
FX3U-32M
FX3U-ENET-L
Ethernet
Setting
Your owner cable
Melsec Q
Q00CPU
Q00JCPU
Q01CPU
QJ71E71
QJ71E71-B2
QJ71E71-B5
- 197 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Q02CPU
Q02HCPU
Q06HCPU
Q12HCPU
Q25HCPU
Q03UDECPU
Q04UDEHCPU
Q06UDEHCPU
Q13UDEHCPU
Q26UDEHCPU
MELSEC L
QCPU
QJ71E71-100
Q02UCPU
Q03UDCPU
Q04UDHCPU
Q06UDHCPU
Q13UDHCPU
Q26UDHCPU
QJ71E71
QJ71E71-B2
QJ71E71-B5
QJ71E71-100
Ethernet
Setting
Your owner cable
L02CPU
L26CPU-BT
Ethernet port on CPU
unit
Ethernet
Setting
Your owner cable
Q26UDV CPU
Q03UDECPU
Ethernet port on CPU
unit
Ethernet
Setting
Your owner cable
Serial Communication Setting
Mitsubishi FX1SMitsubishi FX0N/1N/2N/3GMitsubishi FX3U protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 1; station: 0
RS232 communication
RS422 communication
- 198 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI Setting
When using the Mitsubishi FX1SMitsubishi FX0N/1N/2N/3GMitsubishi FX3U protocol, PLC
configuration is as follow:
Dont select Operate communication setting, and click default
NOTE:
1. If you do not use the multi-station when using communication module, you can choose the protocol of
Mitsubishi FX1SMitsubishi FX0N/1N/2N/3GMitsubishi FX3U etc. according to the PLC model
2. Make sure that the value of D8120 is 0 when using the communication module
Mitsubishi FX-485ADP/485BD/232BD (Multi-station) protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 19200, 7, even, 2; station: 0
- 199 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
Select the Operate communication setting
NOTE:
1. FX0N series dont support the Operate communication setting, but the communication parameters can
be modified by setting the value of D8120D8121D8129
2. If series of PLC is FX3U/3UC, you must select CH1
3. Select the Dedicated protocol and check Sum check option, Transmission control procedure must be
Form4
4. If you use the FX-232-BD module, set H/W type to Regular/RS-232C; if you use the FX
-485-BD/FX-485-ADP module, set H/W type to RS-485
The communication parameters can be modified by setting the value of D8120/D8121/D8129
Special register
Description
- 200 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
D8120
Communication format
D8121
Station number
D8129
Overtime
For example
The communication parameters of PLC as follow:
Communication format: 9600bps, 7, even, 2;
Station No.:1;
H/W type: RS485;
Time out: 1
Set the value of D8120/D8121/D8129:
D8120=0xE08E
D8121=1
D8129=1
NOTE: Restart the PLC after setting the value of D8120.
FX2N-10G/20GM protocol
Default communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 0
RS232 communication
RS422 communication
- 201 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Mitsubishi Q00J (CPU Port) protocol
HMI Setting
Default parameters: 19200, 8, odd, 1; Station No.: 0(Non-support station number, only one HMI connect to
one PLC)
RS232 communication
NOTE
1 If communication baudrate is error, HMI automatically set PLC baudrate for the HMI baudrate. It
is not necessary to consider whether the PLC communications baudrate being true.
2 This drives support password protection model Q00J.
Mitsubishi Q series (CPU Port) protocol
HMI Setting
Default parameters :115200, 8, odd, 1 ; Station No. : 0(Non-support station number, only one HMI connect
to one PLC)
RS232 communication
NOTE: If communication baudrate is error, HMI automatically set PLC baudrate for the HMI baudrate. It
is not necessary to consider whether the PLC communications baudrate being true.
Mitsubishi Q06H Mitsubishi Q06Hv2 protocol
- 202 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI Setting
Default parameters :115200, 8, odd, 1 ; Station No. : 0(Non-support station number, only one HMI connect
to one PLC)
RS232 communication
NOTE: If communication baudrate is error, HMI automatically set PLC baudrate for the HMI baudrate. It
is not necessary to consider whether the PLC communications baudrate being true.
Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port) & Mitsubishi Melsec Q protocol
HMI Setting
Default parameters :9600, 8, odd, 1 ; Station No. : 0
RS232 communication
RS422 communication
- 203 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
The differences of Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)Mitsubishi Melsec Q:
1. Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port) protocol advantage is communication speed
2. Mitsubishi Melsec Q protocol advantages is that it support RS232 and RS485 communication modules,
disadvantage is that communication is slow.
HMI Setting
1. CPU port communication
2. C24 module communication
a. Parameter double-click PLC parameter, select I/O assignment.
- 204 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
b. Click type to select intelligent
c. Click switch setting and set
- 205 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Setting the intelligent function unit switch
switch
content
example
Switch1
CH1:transmission rate, transmission setting
0BEEH
115Kbps
8 bit
1 bit
even
Switch2
CH1:communication protocol
MC protocol type5 binary
0005H
Switch3
CH2:transmission rate, transmission setting (the same as switch 1)
0BEEH
Switch4
CH2:communication protocol
MC protocol type5 binary
0005H
Switch5
Station No. setting
0~31
0000H
If the communication parameters of CH2 485 is 19200/8/odd/1, station:0, set as follows switch setting
in PLC parameters and I/O assignment.
- 206 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
If the communcation parameters of CH1 232 is 19200/8/odd/1, station:0, set as follows switch setting in
PLC parameters and I/O assignment.
NOTE: After setting the switches, reset the PLC or turn the power off and then back on again.
Network Communication Setting
Mitsubishi FX Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting
- 207 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE:Data fomat of PORT number is decimalism
PLC Setting
FX3GE-24M
1. Double clickPLC ParametersselectBuilt-in Ethernet Port Settingsthe parameters
configuration as follow:
2. Click Open Setting, the parameters configuration as follow:
- 208 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: Data fomat of PORT number is decimalism
FX3U-ENET-L
1. OpenFX3U-ENET-L Configuration Toolthe parameters configuration as follow:
2. ClickOperational settingsthe parameters configuration as follow:
- 209 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
3.
ClickOpen settingsthe parameters configuration as follow:
NOTE: Data fomat of PORT number is decimalism
Mitsubishi QJ71E71 EtherNet protocol
HMI Setting
- 210 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
1. Network parameters
[network type] select "Ethernet"; [start I/O] is a hexadecimal number increments & H10, you can select "0";
[network number] range is 1-239, generally set at the network level, only a layer of the network, so set to
- 211 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
"1"; [Group number] range is 0-32, select "0"; [station number] range 1-64, 1 occupied by the computer
side, can be set to 2-64, the example is set to "2" ; [Model] Select "online". Next, click [operation], set the
IP address of the dialog box pops up, in part by the network to determine the first three, the fourth part of
the free use of the network number. One thing to note is that the figure of [the initial time setting] to choose
"Always wait to open" (stop when communication), or Ethernet port is not open external device. Click [end
set] button to save the settings.
2. Operational settings
3. Open settings
In line 1 [protocol] selection "UDP" protocol; and that [open in pairs] option select "pairs", system will be
prompted to
selection is confirmed, the parameters of line 2 will be self-generated, so as to form a two-way
communication. PLC's port and PC port range is & H401 - & HFFFF, the example is set to & H1000, PC's
IP address is your computer's IP. Click [End set] to save, and form an Ethernet module and host two-way
communication channel.
4. Just write to set the PLC in the main menu selection [online]->"PLC write", the "PLC/network
parameters" in the content downloaded to the PLC, the correct execution, the writing on the work of the
Ethernet parameters completed.
- 212 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Mitsubishi QnA 3EBin Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol
L02:
HMI Setting
NOTE:
1. PLC station number must be 255
2. Data format of Port number is decimalism
PLC Setting
Double click PLC parameters, select Built-in Ethernet Port Settings
- 213 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Click Open Setting, the parameters configuration as follow:
NOTE: Host Station Port No. will be set by the selected format.
Q03UDE CPU :
HMI Setting
- 214 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE:
1. PLC station number must be 255
2. Data format of Port number is decimalism
PLC Setting
Click Open Setting, the parameters configuration as follow:
- 215 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: Host Station Port No. will be set by the selected format.
Supported Device
FX1S
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Input Relay
X 00-764
------
OOO
Output Relay
Y 00-764
------
OOO
Internal Relay
M 000-7999
------
DDDD
Timer Contact
T 00-511
------
DDD
Counter Contact
C 00-255
------
DDD
D_bit 0.0-7999.F
------
DDDD.H
S 000-4095
------
DDDD
Timer Value
------
T_word 00-511
DDD
Counter Value
------
C_word 00-199
DDD
Data Register
------
D_word 000-17999
DDDDD
Special Data Register
------
SD_word 8000-8255
DDDD
Counter Value
------
C_dword 235-255
DDD
32 bit device
Notes
Data Contact
State
Notes
FX0N/FX1N/2N/3G
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Input Relay
X 000-377
------
OOO
Output Relay
Y 000-377
------
OOO
Internal Relay
M 0000-3071
------
DDDD
Timer Contact
T_bit 000-255
------
DDD
Counter Contact
C_bit 000-199
------
DDD
Special Internal Relay
SM 8000-8255
------
DDDD
- 216 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
State
S 000-999
------
DDD
Timer Value
------
T_word 000-255
DDD
Counter Value
------
C_word 000-199
DDD
Data Register
------
D 0000-7999
DDDD
Special Data Register
------
SD 8000-8255
DDDD
Counter Value
------
C_dword 200-255
DDD
32 bit device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Input Relay
X 00-571
------
OO
*1
Output Relay
Y 00-571
------
OO
*1
Internal Relay
M 000-7999
------
DDD
*1
Special Internal Relay
------
DDDD
*1
Data Register
SM9000-9999
------
D 0-7999
DDDD
*2
Special Data Register
------
DDDD
*2
Special Data Register
------
SD 9000-9999
FD 4000-4550
DDDD
*2
Current Position(System)
------
CP_unit 0-1
------
CP_puls 0-1
FX2N-10GM/20GM
Current Position(Pulse)
NOTE:
*1 Dont support batch
*2 Support batch
FX3UC
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Input Relay
X000-764
------
OOO
Output Relay
Y000-764
------
OOO
Timer Contact
T_bit 000-511
------
DDD
Counter Contact
C_bit 000-255
------
DDD
Data Contact
D_bit0.0-7999.F
------
DDDD.H
State
S0000-4095
------
DDDD
Internal Relay
M0000-7999
------
DDDD
Special Internal Relay
SM8000-8511
------
DDDD
Timer Value
------
T_word 000-511
DDD
Counter Value
------
C_word 000-199
DDD
Data Register
------
D_word 0-17999
DDDDD
Extension Register
------
R0000-32767
DDDDD
Special Data Register
------
SD8000-9999
DDDD
- 217 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Counter Value
------
C_dword200-255
DDD
32 bit device
FX Series Ethernet
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
State
S 0-4095
------
DDDD
Data Contact
D_bit0.0-7999.F
------
DDDD.H
Special Internal Relay
SM8000-8511
------
DDDD
Counter Contact
C_bit0-255
------
DDDD
Timer Contact
T_bit0-511
------
DDDD
Internal Relay
M 0-7679
------
DDDD
Output Relay
Y 0-377
------
DDDD
Input Relay
X 0-377
------
DDDD
Extension Register
------
R 0-32767
DDDDD
Special Data Register
------
SD 8000-8511
DDDD
Data Register
------
D_word0-7999
DDDD
Timer Value
------
T_word0-511
DDD
Counter Value
------
C_word0-199
DDD
Counter Value
------
C_dword200-255
DDD
Notes
Q00jCPU
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Counter Coil
CC0-1023
------
DDDD
Counter Contact
CS0-1023
------
DDDD
Timer Coil
TC0-2047
------
DDDD
Timer Contact
TS0-2047
------
DDDD
Special Link Relay
SB000-7FFF
------
HHHH
Link Relay
B0000-7FFF
------
HHHH
Step Relay
S0000-1FFF
------
HHHH
Edge Relay
V0000-32767
------
DDDDD
Annunciator
F0000-32767
------
DDDDD
Latch Relay
L0000-32767
------
DDDDD
Special Internal Relay
SM0000-2047
------
DDDD
Internal Relay
M0000-32767
------
DDDDD
Output Relay
Y0000-1FFF
------
HHHH
Input Relay
X0000-1FFF
------
HHHH
File Register
------
R000-32767
DDDDD
Special Link Register
------
SW0-7FF
HHH
Link Register
------
W000-291F
HHHH
- 218 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Special Data Register
------
SD0-2047
DDDD
Data Register
------
D0-25983
DDDDD
Counter Value
------
CN0-25983
DDDDD
Retentive Timer Value
------
SN0-2047
DDDD
Timer Value
------
TN0-25983
DDDDD
Melsec Q
Device
Bit Address
Direct output
DY 0-7FF
HHHH
Direct input
DX 0-7FF
HHHH
Step Relay
S 0-2047
Special Link Relay
SB 0-7FFF
Counter Coil
CC 0-511
------
DDDD
Counter Contact
CS 0-511
------
DDDD
Step Coil
SC 0-511
------
DDDD
Step Contact
SS 0-511
------
DDDD
Timer Coil
TC 0-511
------
DDDD
Timer Contact
TS 0-511
------
DDDD
Link Relay
B 0-7FF
Edge Relay
V 0-1023
------
DDDD
Annunciator
F 0-1023
------
DDDD
Latch Relay
L 0-2047
------
DDDD
Internal Relay
M 0-8191
------
DDDD
Output Relay
Y 0-7FF
------
HHHH
Input Relay
X 0-7FF
------
HHHH
File Register
------
ZR 0-65535
DDDDDD
File Register
------
R 0-32767
DDDDD
Index Register
------
Z 0-9
DD
Counter Value
------
CN 0-511
DDDD
SN 0-511
DDDD
Retentive Timer Value
Word Address
Format
------
Notes
DDDD
HHHH
HHHH
Timer Value
------
TN 0-511
DDDD
Special Link Register
------
SW 0-3FF
HHH
Link Register
------
W 0-1FFF
HHHH
Special Data Register
------
SD 0-2047
DDDD
Data Register
------
D 0-11135
DDDDD
Q Series CPU port
Device
Bit Address
- 219 -
Word Address
Format
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Special Link Relay
SB 00000- 7FFF
------
HHHH
Link Relay
B 00000- 7FFF
------
HHHH
Edge relay
V 00000-32767
------
DDDDD
Annunciator
F 00000-32767
------
DDDDD
Latch relay
L 00000-32767
------
DDDDD
Special Internal Relay
SM 0000-2047
------
DDDD
Internal Relay
M 00000-32767
------
DDDDD
Output Relay
Y 0000-1FFF
------
HHHH
Input Relay
X 0000-1FFF
------
HHHH
Link Register
------
W 00000- 291F
HHHH
Timer Value
------
TN 00000-23087
DDDDD
Counter Value
------
CN 00000-23087
DDDDD
File Register
------
R 00000-32767
DDDDD
Special Link Register
------
SW 0000- 7FF
HHH
Data Register
------
D 00000-25983
DDDDD
Special Data Register
------
SD 0000-2047
DDDD
Q_QnA(link port)
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Special Link Relay
SB000-7FFF
------
HHHH
Link Relay
B0000-7FFF
------
HHHH
Edge Relay
V0000-32767
------
DDDDD
Annunciator
F0000-32767
------
DDDDD
Latch Relay
L0000-32767
------
DDDDD
Special Internal Relay
SM0000-2047
------
DDDD
Internal Relay
M0000-32767
------
DDDDD
Output Relay
Y0000-1FFF
------
HHHH
Input Relay
X0000-1FFF
------
HHHH
Link Register
------
W0000-291F
HHHH
Timer Value
------
TN0-23087
DDDDD
Retentive Timer Value
------
SN0-23087
DDDDD
Counter Value
------
CN0-23087
DDDDD
File Register(Block switching is not necessary)
------
ZR00000-65535
DDDDD
File Register
------
R00000-32767
DDDDD
Special Link Register
------
SW000-7FF
HHH
Data Register
------
D00000-25983
DDDDD
Special Data Register
------
SD0000-2047
DDDD
- 220 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Q06
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Special Link Relay
SB 0000- 7FFF
------
HHHH
Link Relay
B 0000- 7FFF
------
HHHH
Edge relay
V 00000-32767
------
DDDDD
Annunciator
F 00000-32767
------
DDDDD
Latch relay
L 00000-32767
------
DDDDD
Special Internal Relay
SM 0000-2047
------
DDDD
Internal Relay
M 00000-32767
------
DDDDD
Output Relay
Y 0000-1FFF
------
HHHH
Input Relay
X 0000-1FFF
------
HHHH
Link Register
------
W 00000- 291F
HHHH
Timer Value
------
TN 00000-23087
DDDDD
Counter Value
------
CN 00000-23087
DDDDD
File Register
------
R 00000-32767
DDDDD
Special Link Register
------
SW 0000- 7FF
HHH
Data Register
------
D 00000-25983
DDDDD
Special Data Register
------
SD 0000-2047
DDDD
Mitsubishi QJ71E71 EtherNet Slave
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
S 000-8191
------
DDDD
Special Link Relay
SB 000-7FFF
------
HHHH
Counter Coil
CC 0-23087
------
DDDDD
Counter Contact
CS 0-23087
------
DDDDD
Step Coil
SC 0-23087
------
DDDDD
Step Contact
SS 0-23087
------
DDDDD
Timer Coil
TC 0-23087
------
DDDDD
Timer Contact
TS 0-23087
------
DDDDD
Link Relay
B 0000-1FFF
------
HHHH
Edge Relay
V 0-32767
------
DDDDD
Annunciator
F 0-32767
------
DDDDD
Latch Relay
L 0-32767
------
DDDDD
Special Internal Relay
SM 0-2047
------
DDDD
Internal Relay
M 0-32767
------
DDDD
Output Relay
Y 0-1FFF
------
HHHH
Input Relay
X 0-1FFF
------
HHHH
------
W 0-291F
HHHH
Step Relay
Link Register
- 221 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Timer Value
------
TN 0-23087
DDDD
Counter Value
------
CN 0-23087
DDDDD
SN 0-23087
DDDDD
Retentive Timer Value
File Register
------
R 0-32767
DDDDD
File Register(Block switching is not necessary)
------
ZR 0-1042431
DDDDDDD
Special Link Register
------
SW 0-7FF
HHH
Data Register
------
D 0-25983
DDDDD
Special Data Register
------
SD 0-2047
DDDD
Mitsubishi QnA 3EBin Ethernet(TCP Slave)
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Direct output
DY 0-1FFF
HHHH
Direct input
DX 0-1FFF
HHHH
Step Relay
S 0-8191
------
DDDD
Special Link Relay
SB 0-7FFF
SB 0-1FFF
HHHH
Counter Coil
CC 0-1023
------
DDDD
Counter Contact
CS 0-1023
------
DDDD
Step Coil
SC 0-2047
------
DDDD
Step Contact
SS 0-2047
------
DDDD
Timer Coil
TC 0-2047
------
DDDD
Timer Contact
TS 0-2047
------
DDDD
Link Relay
B 0-1FFF
B 0-1FFF
HHHH
Edge Relay
V 0-2047
------
DDDD
Annunciator
F 0-2047
------
DDDD
Latch Relay
L 0-8191
------
DDDD
Special Internal Relay
SM 0-2047
------
DDDD
Internal Relay
M 0-8191
------
DDDD
Output Relay
Y 0-1FFF
Y 0-1FFF
HHHH
Input Relay
X 0-1FFF
X 0-1FFF
HHHH
File Register
------
ZR 0-393216
DDDDDD
File Register
------
R 0-32767
DDDDD
Index Register
------
Z 0-19
DD
Counter Value
------
CN 0-1023
DDDD
SN 0-2047
DDDD
Retentive Timer Value
Timer Value
------
TN 0-2047
DDDD
Special Link Register
------
SW 0-7FF
HHH
W 0-1FFF
HHHH
SD 0-2047
DDDD
Link Register
Special Data Register
------ 222 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Data Register
------
D 0-45055
DDDDD
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Direct output
DY 0-1FFF
HHHH
Direct input
DX 0-1FFF
HHHH
Step Relay
S 0-8191
------
DDDD
Special Link Relay
SB 0-7FF
SB 0-7F0
HHHH
Counter Coil
CC 0-1023
------
DDDD
Counter Contact
CS 0-1023
------
DDDD
Step Coil
SC 0-2047
------
DDDD
Step Contact
SS 0-2047
------
DDDD
Timer Coil
TC 0-2047
------
DDDD
Timer Contact
TS 0-2047
------
DDDD
Link Relay
B 0-1FFF
B 0-1FF0
HHHH
Edge Relay
V 0-2047
------
DDDD
Annunciator
F 0-2047
------
DDDD
Latch Relay
L 0-8191
------
DDDD
Special Internal Relay
SM 0-2047
------
DDDD
Internal Relay
M 0-8191
------
DDDD
Output Relay
Y 0-1FFF
Y 0-1FF0
HHHH
Input Relay
X 0-1FFF
X 0-1FF0
HHHH
File Register
------
ZR 0-32767
DDDDDD
File Register
------
R 0-32767
DDDDD
Index Register
------
Z 0-19
DD
Counter Value
------
CN 0-1023
DDDD
Retentive Timer Value
------
SN 0-2047
DDDD
Timer Value
------
TN 0-2047
DDDD
Special Link Register
------
SW 0-7FF
HHH
Link Register
------
W 0-1FFF
HHHH
Special Data Register
------
SD 0-2047
DDDD
Data Register
------
D 0-12287
DDDDD
Q03UDE
Notes
Cable Diagram
FX Series RS232 Cable
1. CPU port communication
Please use the FX series SC - 09 serial programming cable communication, can also be made simple
programming cable
- 223 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. FX-232-BD communication
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com0/com1 com2
2 RX
7 RX
3 TXD
3 TX
8 TX
2 RXD
5 GND
5 GND
5 GND
FX Series RS422 Cable
1. CPU port / FX-422-BD communication
2. FX-485-BD communication
Q Series RS232 Cable
1. CPU port communication
- 224 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. C24 module communication
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com0/com1 com2
2 RX
7 RX
3 TXD
3 TX
8 TX
2 RXD
5 GND
5 GND
5 GND
1 DCD
4 DTR
6 DSR
7 RTS
8 CTS
Q02U Series RS232 Cable
CPU port communication
Q Series RS485/422 Cable
C24 module communication
Ethernet communication protocol cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
- 225 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.50 MKS controller
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
BY125
BY125
RS232 on the CPU unit
MKS
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
BY125
BY125
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 1; station: 11
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Relay
CB 00-FF
------
HH
Register
------
CD00-FF
HH
External Register
------
ERCD 0000.00-FFFF.FF
HHHH.HH
Internal data processing
control address bit
------
M1 0~9
Read only
Internal data processing
control address bit
------
M2 0~9
Read only
Internal data processing
control address bit
------
M3 0~9
Read only
NOTE:
1ERCD is Extended register, the four position before radix point are C1,C2,C3,C4.The two
positions after radix point are S1, S2.
2Parameter code corresponding with CD are C1,C2;
- 226 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
3Parameter code corresponding with CB set to 1;Eg:Bit State Setting part, addr type CB67, set
the state to 1.
4) M1 correspond to parameter ":"; M2 correspond to parameter";"; M3 correspond to parameter"<";
Cable Diagram
MKS controller RS232 communication cable
4.51 Modbus
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
SIO type
Driver
Modbus RTU
RS232/485 on the CPU
unit
Modbus RTU
Modbus RTU Extend
RS232/485 on the CPU
unit
Modbus RTU Extend
Modbus RTU Slave
RS232/485 on the CPU
unit
Modbus RTU Slave
RS232/485 on the CPU
unit
Modbus RTU MT500
compatible
RS232/485 on the CPU
unit
Modbus ASCII
Modbus RTU MT500
compatible
MODBUS
Compatible
External Device
Modbus ASCII
Modbus TCP
Ethernet
Modbus TCP
Modbus TCP Slave
Ethernet
Modbus TCP Slave
Modbus UDP
Ethernet
Modbus UDP
Modbus UDP Slave
Ethernet
Modbus UDP Slave
System configuration
Series
Modbus RTU
Modbus
Extend
RTU
Modbus RTU Slave
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
MODBUS
Compatible
External
Device
RS232/485 on the
CPU unit
RS232/RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232/485 on the
CPU unit
RS232/RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232/RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232/485 on the
CPU unit
- 227 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Modbus
RTU
MT500 compatible
RS232/485 on the
CPU unit
Modbus ASCII
RS232/485 on the
CPU unit
RS232/RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232/RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
Modbus TCP
Ethernet
Modbus TCP Slave
Ethernet
Modbus UDP
Ethernet
Modbus UDP Slave
Ethernet
Connection Configuration
Connection Configuration
Communication Setting
Modbus RTU protocol
RS232 communication
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1
NOTE:
1. Modbus RTU protocol supports broadcasting station number, but the radio function only supports write
operations, with a reading of properties for the components, can not use the radio function;
2. Radio features are used in two ways: First, write-only properties with components (Bit state setting
device, "switch" method, except); multi-state setting device, "add value", "sub value", "JOG++", "JOG--"
method excluded); Second, the use of macros, the macro programming, on the radio station to write the
address number.
Modbus RTU Extend protocol
RS232 communication
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1
- 228 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Modbus RTU Slave protocol
RS232 communication
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1
Modbus RTU MT500 compatible protocol
RS232 communication
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1
- 229 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Modbus ASCII protocol
RS232 communication
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1
Modbus TCP protocol
Network configuration
- 230 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Modbus UDP protocol
Network configuration
Supported Device
Modbus RTU
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Output Relay
0X1-65535
------
DDDDD
Input Relay (read only)
1X1-65535
------
DDDDD
Input Register (read only)
------
3X1-65535
DDDDD
Output Register
------
4X1-65535
DDDDD
Modbus RTU Extend
- 231 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Output Relay
0X1-65535
------
DDDDD
Input Relay
1X1-65535
------
DDDDD
read only
Input Relay
3X_bit 1.00-65535.15
------
DDDDD
read only
Output Relay
4X_bit 1.00-65535.15
------
DDDDD
4X Single Write Relay
6X_bit 1.00-65535.15
------
DDDDD.DD
Input Register
------
3X1-65535
DDDDD
Output Register
------
4X1-65535
DDDDD
4X Byte Swap
------
5X1-65535
DDDDD
4X single word write
------
6X1-65535
DDDDD
4X double word swap
4X-DINV 1-65535
DDDDD
3X double word swap
3X-DINV 1-65535
DDDDD
read only
NOTE:
5X is the byte counter; 4X-DINV, 3X-DINV is the word high and low-bit counter. The relation of them as
follow:
Word:
4X(1word)
4 H
byte swap
5X(1word)
2 H
Dword:
Text:
Modbus RTU Slave
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Output Relay
LB 0-9999
------
DDDDD
Mapping to 0X 1~9999
Data Register
------
LW 0-65535
DDDDD
Mapping to 4X 1~9999
- 232 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Modbus RTU MT500 compatible
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Output Relay
0X 1-65535
------
DDDDD
Input Relay
1X 1-65535
------
DDDDD
read only
Input Relay
3X_bit 1.00-65535.15
------
DDDDD.DD
read only
Output Relay
4X_bit 1.00-65535.15
------
DDDDD.DD
Input Register
------
3X 1-65535
DDDDD
Output Register
------
4X 1-65535
DDDDD
read only
Modbus ASCII
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Output Relay
0X1-65535
------
DDDDD
Input Relay (read only)
1X1-65535
------
DDDDD
Input Register (read only)
------
3X1-65535
DDDDD
Output Register
------
4X1-65535
DDDDD
Notes
Modbus TCP Slave
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Output Relay
0X 1-65535
------
DDDDD
Input Relay
1X 1-65535
------
DDDDD
read only
Input Relay
3X_bit 1.00-65535.15
------
DDDDD.DD
read only
Data relay
4X_bit 1.00-65535.15
------
DDDDD.DD
Input Register
------
3X 1-65535
DDDDD
Output Register
------
4X 1-65535
DDDDD
Data Register
------
4X-DINV 1-65535
DDDDD
Data Register
------
3X-DINV 1-65535
DDDDD
read only
NOTE: 4X-DINV, 3X-DINV is the word high and low-bit counter.
Modbus UDP Slave
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Output Relay
0X1-65535
------
DDDDD
Input Relay
1X1-65535
------
DDDDD
read only
Input Register
------
3X1-65535
DDDDD
read only
Output Register
------
4X1-65535
DDDDD
Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
- 233 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485 communication cable
Ethernet communication cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.52 MODROL
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
MODROL
IMS-GF3-4011E
RS485 on the CPU unit
MODROL
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
MODROL
IMS-GF3-4011E
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1
- 234 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
------
D_1 0-9999
DDDD
One byte
------
D_2 0-9999
DDDD
Two byte
------
D_3 0-9999
DDDD
Three byte
Cable Diagram
MODROL RS485
4.53 OE MAX
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
NX7
NX7
RS232 on the CPU unit
OE MAX NX7
System configuration
- 235 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
NX7
NX7
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Default communication: 19200, 8, none, 1; station: 1
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Input/Output Relay
R 0.0127.15
------
DDD.DD
General Relay
L 0.063.15
------
DD.DD
General Relay
M 0.0127.15
------
DDD.DD
Keep Relay
K 0.0127.15
------
DDD.DD
Timer Relay
TC 0255
------
DDD
Special Relay
F 0.015.15
------
DD.DD
Internal HSC
------
R_word 0-127
DDD
General Register
------
L_word 0-63
DD
General Register
------
M_word 0-127
DDD
Keep Register
------
K_word 0-127
DDD
General Register
------
F_word 0-15
DD
Timer/Counter Register
------
SV_word 0-255
DDD
Timer/Counter Register
------
PV_word 0-255
DDD
General Register
------
W_word 0-2047
DDDD
Special Register
------
SR_word 0-511
DDD
Cable Diagram
Oemax RS232 communication cable
- 236 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.54 Omron Corporation
Serial Communication
Series
SYSMAC C
CPU
Link Module
CP1H
CP1L
CP1E
RS232 on the CPU unit
C200H
C200H-LK202
C120-LK201-V1
C200HS
C200H-LK201
C200H-LK202
C120-LK201-V1
CP1W-CIF01
Driver
OMRON C Series Host Link
OMRON CP Series Host Link
CP1W-CIF11/CIF12
Link I/F on the CPU unit
Peripheral port on the CPU unit
C500
C500F
C1000H
C2000
C2000H
C120-LK201-V1
C120-LK202-V1
C500-LK201-V1
C500-LK203
C1000HF
C500-LK201-V1
C500-LK203
C20H/28H/40H
Link I/F on the CPU unit
C20PF/28PF
C40PF/60PF
C120-LK201-V1
C120-LK202-V1
C120
C120F
C120-LK201-V1
C120-LK202-V1
CQM1-CPU11
Peripheral port on the CPU unit
CQM1-CPU21
CQM1-CPU41
CQM1-CPU42
CQM1-CPU43
CQM1-CPU44
CQM1-CPU41-V1
CQM1-CPU42-V1
RS232C port on the CPU unit
Peripheral port on the CPU unit
- 237 -
OMRON C Series Host Link
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
CQM1-CPU43-V1
CQM1-CPU44-V1
CPM2C
Peripheral port on the CPU unit
Peripheral port on
the CPM2C-CIF01
RS232C port on the CPM2C-CIF01
RS232C port on the CPM2C-CIF11
Terminal block on
the CPM2C-CIF11
CQM1H-CPU11
CQM1H-CPU21
Peripheral port on the CPU unit
CQM1H-CPU51
CQM1H-CPU61
Peripheral port on the CPU unit
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232C port on
the CQM1H-SCB41
RS422A/485 port on
the CQM1H-SCB41
CPM1
CPM1A
CPM1A-V1
CPM2AH
RS232 on the CPU unit
SYSMAC
CJ2
CJ2M-CPU13
RS232 on the CPU unit
SYSMAC
CJ
CJ1G-CPU45
CJ1G-CPU44
CJ1G-CPU45H
CJ1G-CPU44H
CJ1G-CPU43H
CJ1G-CPU42H
CJ1M-CPU23
CJ1M-CPU22
CJ1M-CPU21
CJ1M-CPU13
CJ1M-CPU12
CJ1M-CPU11
CJ1H-CPU66H
CJ1H-CPU65H
RS232 on the CPU unit
OMRON C Series Host Link
OMRON CPM Series Host
Link
Peripheral port on the CPU unit
CJ1W-SCU41
- 238 -
OMRON CJ/CS Series Host
Link
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
SYSMAC
CS
CS1G-CPU45
CS1G-CPU44
CS1G-CPU43
CS1G-CPU42
CS1G-CPU45H
CS1G-CPU44H
CS1G-CPU43H
CS1G-CPU42H
CS1G-CPU45-V1
CS1G-CPU44-V1
CS1G-CPU43-V1
CS1G-CPU42-V1
CS1H-CPU67
CS1H-CPU66
CS1H-CPU65
CS1H-CPU64
CS1H-CPU63
CS1H-CPU67H
CS1H-CPU66H
CS1H-CPU65H
CS1H-CPU64H
CS1H-CPU63H
CS1H-CPU67-V1
CS1H-CPU66-V1
CS1H-CPU65-V1
CS1H-CPU64-V1
CS1H-CPU63-V1
RS232 on the CPU unit
OMRON CJ/CS Series Host
Link
Peripheral port on the CPU unit
CS1W-SCU21
CS1W-SCB21
CS1W-SCB41
Network Communication
Series
CPU
CJ2M-CPU35
Link Module
EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit
CJ1W-ETN21
SYSMAC
CJ/CS
CJ2M-CPU3*
CS1H
CS1G
SYSMAC C
CS1W-ETN21/EIP21
Omron CJ/CS Series Ethernet
UDP Slave
CJ1W-ETN21/EIP21
NJ*01
EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit
CP1L-EM
EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit
CP1L-EL
EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit
CP1H
CP1L
OMRON CJ Series
Ethernet(TCP Slave)
EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit
CJ2H-***-EIP
SYSMAC NJ
Driver
OMRON CP Series Ethernet
UDP Slave
CP1W-CIF41
Serial System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
- 239 -
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
CP1H
CP1L
CP1E
RS232 on the CPU
unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
CP1W-CIF11/CIF12
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
CPM2AH
RS232 on the CPU
unit
RS232
SYSMAC
CJ2
CJ2M-CPU13
RS232 on the CPU
unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232 on the CPU
unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
SYSMAC CJ
CJ1G-CPU45
CJ1G-CPU44
CJ1G-CPU45H
CJ1G-CPU44H
CJ1G-CPU43H
CJ1G-CPU42H
CJ1M-CPU23
CJ1M-CPU22
CJ1M-CPU21
CJ1M-CPU13
CJ1M-CPU12
CJ1M-CPU11
CJ1H-CPU66H
CJ1H-CPU65H
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Peripheral port on
the CPU unit*1
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
CS1W-SCU21
RS232
Setting
CS1W-SCB21
RS232
Setting
CS1W-SCB41
RS232
Setting
SYSMAC C
SYSMAC
CS
CS1G-CPU45
CS1G-CPU44
CS1G-CPU43
CS1G-CPU42
CS1G-CPU45H
CS1G-CPU44H
CS1G-CPU43H
CS1G-CPU42H
CS1G-CPU45-V1
CS1G-CPU44-V1
CS1G-CPU43-V1
CS1G-CPU42-V1
CS1H-CPU67
CS1H-CPU66
CS1H-CPU65
CS1H-CPU64
CS1H-CPU63
CP1W-CIF01
Peripheral port on
the CPU unit*1
CJ1W-SCU41
RS232 on the CPU
unit
- 240 -
Setting
Setting
Your owner cable
Your owner cable
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
CS1H-CPU67H
CS1H-CPU66H
CS1H-CPU65H
CS1H-CPU64H
CS1H-CPU63H
CS1H-CPU67-V1
CS1H-CPU66-V1
CS1H-CPU65-V1
CS1H-CPU64-V1
CS1H-CPU63-V1
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
Parameter
Cable
*1 Must set the switch DIP 4 to be on
Network System configuration
Series
CPU
CJ2M-CPU35
Link Module
EtherNet/IP port
on CPU Unit
Connect Type
Ethernet(TCP
Slave)
Setting
Your own cable
Setting
Your own cable
Setting
Your own cable
CJ1W-ETN21
SYSMAC
CJ/CS
CJ2M-CPU3*
CS1H
CS1G
EtherNet/IP port
on CPU Unit
CS1W-ETN21/EIP
21
CJ1W-ETN21/EIP
21
EthernetUDP
Slave
CJ2H-***-EIP
SYSMAC
NJ
SYSMAC
C
NJ*01
EtherNet/IP port
on CPU Unit
CP1L-EM
CP1L-EL
EtherNet/IP port
on CPU Unit
CP1H
CP1L
EtherNet/IP port
on CPU Unit
CP1W-CIF41
Serial Communication Setting
OMRON CP Series Host Link protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0
RS232 communication
- 241 -
EthernetUDP
Slave
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS422 communication
NOTEMake sure that the switch DIP1~6 of PLC must be OFF when using OMRON CP Series Host Link
protocol.
NO.
Setup contents
default status
ON: write enable
OFF:write disable
OFF
ON: program automaticlly transmit from card to PLC when power up
OFF: program cant automaticlly transmit from card to PLC when power up
OFF
OFF: OFF(default)
OFF
ON: communication port1,Toolbus(default)
OFF:Port 1 communications settings according to the PLC system CPU setting
OFF
ON: communication port2,Toolbus(default)
OFF:Port 2 communications settings according to the PLC system CPU setting
OFF
ON: customer use ( A395.12 = ON)
OFF: customer use ( A395.12 = OFF)
OFF
OMRON C Series Host Link protocol
Default communication: 19200, 7, even, 2; station: 0
- 242 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS232 communication
RS422 communication
OMRON CPM Series Host Link protocol
Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0
- 243 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: Select custom communication parameters (non-standard communication parameters), the switch of
PLC must be OFF.
OMRON CJ/CS Series Host Link protocol
RS232 Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0
NOTE1.CJ1M switch DIP: SW1, SW2, SW3, SW5, SW8 must be off, but SW4, SW6, SW7 are optional.
2. CJ1M switches DIP 1~8 are OFF (default).
RS485-4 Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0
Network Communication Setting
OMRON CJ Series Ethernet(TCP Slave)
HMI Setting
- 244 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
1. Double-click the IO table and the unit set, find the Ethernet communication module
2. Double-click the Ethernet communication module, set the parameters
- 245 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
OMRON CJ/CS/NJ Series Ethernet(UDP Slave)
HMI Setting
Attention HMI and PLC must be set in the same networkwhile the node ID should be different.
- 246 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
Please use CX-Integrator to modify
1. Choose the right type to get the PLC and its software connected
2. Set the PLC into programming mode
3. Read the data and show the connected device
4. Double click the device to modify the related parameterfor example IP Address
- 247 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
5. Set the Network number and Node ID
1Network number
2You can change the Node ID by the switch on the deviceNODE No.
OMRON CP Series Ethernet(UDP Slave)
HMI Setting
- 248 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
Type in IE the IP addressexhttp://192.168.11.33/C00.HTMand the passwordex:ETHERNETthen
you entry this interface.Later,you can modify the parameter.
Supported Device
- 249 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Omron C Series Host Link
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Hold Relay
HR_bit 00.00-99.15
------
DD.DD
Data Relay
DM_bit 0000.00-6655.15
------
DDDD.DD
Link Relay
LR_bit 00.00-63.15
------
DD.DD
Auxiliary Relay
AR_bit 00.00-959.15
------
DD.DD
Channel I/O
CIO_IR_bit 000.00-511.15
------
DDD.DD
Counter Relay
------
CNT_word 000-511
DDD
Timer Relay
------
TIM_word 000-511
DDD
Hold Register
------
HR_word 00-99
DD
Data Register
------
DM_word 0000-6655
DDDD
Link Register
------
LR_word 00-63
DD
Auxiliary Register
------
AR_word 000-959
DDD
Channel I/O Register
------
CIO_IR_word 000-511
DDD
OMRON CP Series Host Link
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Work Relay
W_bit 0.00-511.15
------
DDD.DD
Hold Relay
H_bit 0.00-1535.15
------
DDDD.DD
Data Relay
D_bit 0.00-32767.15
------
DDDDD.DD
Counter Relay
C flag 0.00-4095.15
------
DDDD.DD
Timer Relay
T flag 0.00-4095.15
------
DDDD.DD
Auxiliary Relay
A_bit 0.00-959.15
------
DDD.DD
Channel I/O
CIO_bit 0.00-6143.15
------
DDDD.DD
Work Register
------
W_word 0-511
DDD
Hold Register
------
H_word 0-1535
DDDD
Data Register
------
D_word 0-32767
DDDDD
Counter Register
------
C_word 0-4095
DDDD
Timer Register
------
T_word 0-4095
DDDD
Auxiliary Register
------
A_word 0-959
DDD
Channel I/O Register
------
CIO_word 0-6143
DDDD
OMRON CPM Series Host Link
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Hold Relay
HR 0.00-4095.15
------
DDDD.DD
Link Relay
LR 0.00-4095.15
------
DDDD.DD
Auxiliary Relay
AR 0.00-4095.15
------
DDDD.DD
Internal Relay
IR 0.00-4095.15
------
DDDD.DD
Timer/Counter Register
------
TC 0-255
DDD
Data Register
------
DM 0-9999
DDDD
Notes
OMRON CJ/CS Series Host Link
Device
Bit Address
- 250 -
Word Address
Format
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Channel I/O
CIO 0000.00-6143.15
------
DDDD.DD
Internal Auxiliary Relay
WR 000.00-511.15
------
DDD.DD
Special Auxiliary Relay
AR 000.00-959.15
------
DDD.DD
Latch Relay
HR 000.00-511.15
------
DDD.DD
Timer (Timer Up Flag)
TIM 0000-4095
------
DDDD
Counter (Counter Up Flag)
CNT 0000-4095
------
DDDD
Data Memory
DM 00000.00-32767.15
------
DDDDD.DD
Extension Data Memory Relay(E0-EC)
E0 0.00-EC 32767.15
------
DDDDD.DD
Extension Data Memory(E0-EC)
------
E0 0-EC 32767
DDDDD
Channel I/O
------
CIO 0000-6143
DDDD
Internal Auxiliary Relay
------
WR 000-511
DDD
Special Auxiliary Relay
------
AR 000-959
DDD
Latch Relay
------
HR 000-511
DDD
Timer (current Value)
------
TIM 0000-4095
DDDD
Counter (Current Value)
------
CNT 0000-4095
DDDD
Data Memory
------
DM 00000-32767
DDDDD
Index Register
------
IR 00-15
DD
Data Register
------
DR 00-15
DD
OMRON CJ Series Ethernet (TCP Slave)
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Channel IO
CIO 0.00-6143.15
------
DDDD.DD
Internal Auxiliary Relay
W 0.00-511.15
------
DDD.DD
Special Auxiliary Relay
A 0.0-959.15
------
DDD.DD
Latch Relay
H 0.0-511.15
------
DDD.DD
Timer Up Flag
T 0-4095
------
DDDD
Count Up Flag
C 0-4095
------
DDDD
TKB
TKB 0-31
------
DD
Channel IO
------
CIO 0-6142
DDDD
Internal Auxiliary Relay
------
W 0-511
DDD
Special Auxiliary Relay
------
A 0-959
DDD
Latch Relay
------
H 0-511
DDD
Timer Current Value
------
T 0-4095
DDDD
Counter Current Value
------
C 0-4095
DDDD
Extension Data Memory(E0-E18)
------
E0-E18 0-32767
DDDDD
EM
------
EM 0-32767
DDDDD
Index Register
------
IR 0-15
DD
Data Register
------
DR 0-15
DD
OMRON CJ/CS/NJ Series Ethernet (UDP Slave)
Device
Channel IO
0.00-6143.15
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
CIO_bit
------
DDDD.DD
CIO_FORCE
------ 251 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
CIO_FORCE_RELEASE
------
CIO_RELEASE_STATUS
------
W_bit
------
W_FORCE
------
W_FORCE_RELEASE
------
W_RELEASE_STATUS
------
H_bit
------
H_FORCE
------
H_FORCE_RELEASE
------
H_RELEASE_STATUS
------
T_FLAG
------
T_FORCE
------
T_FORCE_RELEASE
------
T_RELEASE_STATUS
------
C_FLAG
------
C_FORCE
------
C_FORCE_RELEASE
------
C_RELEASE_STATUS
------
A 0.0-11535.15
------
DDDDD.DD
E0-9_bit
------
DDDDD.DD
EA-F_bit
------
DDDDD.DD
E10-18_bit
-------
DDDDD.DD
Data Memory
D_bit 0.00-32767.15
------
DDDDD.DD
TKB
TK_FLAG 0-127
------
DDD
Internal Auxiliary Relay
0.00-511.15
Latch Relay
0.0-1535.15
Timer Up Flag
0-4095
Count Up Flag
0-4095
Special Auxiliary Relay
Extension Data Memory
0.00-32767.15
DDD.DD
DDDD.DD
DDDD
DDDD
Channel IO
------
CIO 0-6143
Internal Auxiliary Relay
------
W 0-511
DDD
Latch Relay
------
H 0-1535
DDDD
Timer Current Value
------
T 0-4095
DDDD
Counter Current Value
------
C 0-4095
DDDD
Special Auxiliary Relay
------
A 0-11535
DDDDD
DDDDD
------
E0-E9 0-32767
EA-EF 0-32767
E10-E18 0-32767
EM 0-32767
Data Memory
------
D 0-32767
DDDDD
TK
------
TK0-127
DDD
Index Register
------
IR 0-15
DD
Data Register
------
DR 0-15
DD
Extension Data Memory
DDDD
OMRON CP Series Ethernet (UDP Slave)
Device
Channel IO
Bit Address
CIO_bit
- 252 -
Word Address
Format
------
DDDD.DD
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
0.00-6143.15
CIO_FORCE
------
CIO_FORCE_RELEASE
------
CIO_RELEASE_STATUS
------
W_bit
------
W_FORCE
------
W_FORCE_RELEASE
------
W_RELEASE_STATUS
------
H_bit
------
H_FORCE
------
H_FORCE_RELEASE
------
H_RELEASE_STATUS
------
T_FLAG
------
T_FORCE
------
T_FORCE_RELEASE
------
T_RELEASE_STATUS
------
C_FLAG
------
C_FORCE
------
C_FORCE_RELEASE
------
C_RELEASE_STATUS
------
Special Auxiliary Relay
A 0.0-959.15
------
DDDDD.DD
Data Memory
D_bit 0.00-32767.15
------
DDDDD.DD
TKB
TK_FLAG 0-31
------
DDD
Internal Auxiliary Relay
0.00-511.15
Latch Relay
0.0-1535.15
Timer Up Flag
0-4095
Count Up Flag
0-4095
DDD.DD
DDDD.DD
DDDD
DDDD
Channel IO
------
CIO 0-6143
Internal Auxiliary Relay
------
W 0-511
DDD
Latch Relay
------
H 0-1535
DDDD
Timer Current Value
------
T 0-4095
DDDD
Counter Current Value
------
C 0-4095
DDDD
Special Auxiliary Relay
------
A 0-959
DDDDD
Data Memory
------
D 00000-32767
DDDDD
TK
------
TK0-31
DDD
Index Register
------
IR 0-15
DD
Data Register
------
DR 0-15
DD
Cable Diagram
RS232 Communication Cable
1. RS232 on the CPU unit or CP1W-CIF01\CS1W-SCU21\CS1W-SCB21 etc. module
- 253 -
DDDD
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. Peripheral port on the CPU unitOMRON CJ\CS series
When connecting the peripheral port on the CPU by the conversion adapter, set DIP4 to on.
RS422 Communication Cable
1. CJ1W-SCU41\ CJ1W-SCB41 module
2. CP1W-CIF11/CP1W-CIF12 module
NOTECP1W-CIF11 is without photoelectricity isolation, the maximum communication distance is 50
m. CP1W-CIF12 is with photoelectricity isolation, the maximum communication distance is 500 m. Other
parameters specification and DIP switch settings are the same.
DIP
1
CONTENT
ON
YesBoth sides
OFF
No
ON
2-wiresRS485
OFF
4-wiresRS422A
ON
2-wiresRS485
OFF
4-wiresRS422A
-----
-----
N/A
ON
With RS control
Set ON when loop back is forbidden.
OFF
Without RS controlReceive
ON
With RS control
OFF
Without RS controlSend
2
3
Terminal resistance selection
23 must be the same.
- 254 -
If connecting to multiple devices, set ON when
using RS422A, it must set as ON.
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: When PLC uses CP1W-CIF11 or CP1W-CIF12 module for communication, if it uses 1:1 and
RS422 communication, it need to set all the DIP Switch SW1~6 as OFF. If it uses 1:N and RS422
communication, it need to set DIP Switch SW1~5 as OFF and SW6 as ON.
RS485 communication cable
CP1W-CIF11/CIF12 module
NOTE: When PLC uses CP1W-CIF11 or CP1W-CIF12 module and RS485 communication, please make
sure the DIP Switch SW1 of CP1W-CIF11 or CP1W-CIF12 as OFF, and set SW2,SW3,SW5,SW6 as
ON.SW4 can be set as ON or OFF.
Ethernet communication protocol cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.55 OMRON E5EZ-R3(Temperature Controller)
Serial Communication
Series
OMRON E5EZ-R3
CPU
Link Module
E5EZ-R3
E5EZ-C3MT
RS485 on the CPU unit
Driver
Omron E5EZ-R3
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
- 255 -
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
OMRON
E5EZ-R3
OMRON
E5EZ-R3
RS485 on
CPU unit
the
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0
Supported Device
OMRON E5EZ-R3
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Variable
------
0.0 0.A (C0 read only)
DDD.HH
Main addr indicates variable
type 0(C0),1(C1),2(C3)
subaddress indicates address
of variable type
1.0 1.2D
(C1)
2.0 2.5B
(C3)
Action Command
------
0-8
State
0-31
------
DD
Show the bit value of 0001
statein C0
Abnormal Input
------
The 6th value of C0
0001(state) Abnormal Input
NOTE: H indicates hexadecimal
Action Command address and other informations
Addr
command
content
00:OFFdisable
Communication write
Run/Stop
Multi-segment SP
01:ON enable
Notes
Before writing data, "Communication
write" command is "01 ON (enable)",
otherwise it writes disable
00Run
01Stop
00Setting value 0
01Setting value 1
- 256 -
Must set the value of variable(addr:3.1A )to
1(ON) for writing correctly, otherwise it
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
02Setting value 2
cant write-in.
03Setting value 3
00stop
AT execute/stop
write-in mode
RAM storage
00
Soft reset
00
Setting area1 shift
00
Protection value shift
00
01AT execute
00save
01RAM
Please refer to the communication protocol for details.
NOTE
Make sure the setting value be the same as the plcs station No.
Must be the same as the station No. of HMI
Before writing data, "Communication write" command must is "01 ON (enable)", otherwise it
writes disable
Cable Diagram
RS485-2 communication cable
RS232 communication, need to use RS-232 to RS-422/485 converter
4.56 OPTO 22
Ethernet Communication (nonsupport Direct Online Simulation)
Series
CPU
Link Module
- 257 -
Driver
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
SNAP-UP1-ADS
OPTO 22
OPTO 22 SNAP Ethernet(TCP)
Ethernet
System configuration
Series
OPTO 22
CPU
Link Module
SNAP-UP1-ADS
Connect Type
Ethernet
Ethernet
Parameter
Setting
Cable
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Bit Table
B0-65535
DDDDD
Bit Table
BT0.000-65535.255
DDDDD.DDD
Integer 32
N32 0-65535
DDDDD
Float
FN0-65535
DDDDD
UP Timer
UTN0-65535
DDDDD
Down Timer
DTN0-65535
DDDDD
PID parameter
PIDSN0.00-32.06
DDDDD.DD
Integer 32 Table
NT0.000-65535.255
DDDDD.DDD
Float Table
FT0.000-65535.255
DDDDD.DDD
Editing Macro, please refer to the type table:
Register
N32
Double
FN
Float
DTN
Float
UTN
Float
PID
Input
Float
- 258 -
Type
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
SetPoint
Float
Output
Float
Gain
Float
Tune I
Float
Tune D
Float
Mode
Double
IN
BIT
QN
BIT
PIN
Float
PQN
Float
NT
Double
FT
Float
BIT(the attribute of B is the same as N32 in the PLC software)
BT
BIT(the attribute of BT is the same as NT in the PLC software)
NOTE
1 The configuration in OPTO 22 software must be the same as the configuration in EV5000
software
truee.g.: define Float in the OPTO 22 softwareF1
Select FN device in the EV5000 software, address: 1.
Communicate correctly
errore.g.: define Float in the OPTO 22 softwareF0001
Select FN device in the EV5000 software, address: 1.
Communicate error
2 PIDSN correspondence
If it set up PID1 in the OPTO 22 software, it can show the values of Input, SetPoint, Output, Gain,
Tune I, Tune D, and Mode.
In the Ev5000 software, PIDSN format DDDDD.DD, Address can be written in 1.**.( the main address
in front of decimal point corresponding to the OPTO 22 of PID1 1 ,sub-addr refer to the table. the table
as follows:
Sub AddressExample PID11 is sub address
Corresponding Value
1.00
Input
1.01
SetPoint
1.02
Output
1.03
Gain
1.04
Tune I
1.05
Tune D
1.06
Mode
Cable Diagram
Ethernet communication cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
- 259 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.57 Panasonic Electric Corporation
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
FP
FP
Link Module
Tool port on the Control unit
Driver
Panasonic FP
AFPG801
AFPG802
AFPG803
AFPG806
FP0
FP1
FP-M
Tool port on the Control unit
FP2
FP2SH
Tool port on the Control unit
RS232C port on the Control unit
RS232C port on the Control unit
AFP2462
AFP2465+(AFP2803,AFP2804, FP2805)
FP3
Tool port on the Control unit
AFP3462
FP-e
Tool port on the Control unit
AFPE224300
AFPE224302
AFPE224305
AFPE214322
AFPE214325
FP10SH
FP10S
Tool port on the Control unit
RS232C port on the Control unit
AFP3462
FP-X
RS232C port on the Control unit
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Tool port on the Control unit
FP
AFPG801
FP
AFPG802
Your owner cable
RS232C
Setting
RS485(2 wire)
Setting
RS232C
Setting
RS232C
Setting
RS232C
Setting
Your owner cable
AFPG806
AFPG803
AFPG806
FP0
Cable
Tool port on the Control unit
RS232C port on the Control unit
FP1
FP-M
Tool port on the Control unit
FP2
Tool port on the Control unit
RS232C port on the Control unit
- 260 -
Your owner cable
Your owner cable
Your owner cable
Your owner cable
Your owner cable
Your owner cable
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
FP2SH
RS232C port on the Control unit
AFP2462
Your owner cable
AFP2803
AFP2465
AFP2804
RS422(4 wire)
Setting
Your owner cable
AFP2805
RS485(2 wire)
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232C
Setting
AFP3463
RS422(4 wire)
Setting
Tool port on the Control unit
RS232C
Tool port on the Control unit
FP3
AFP3462
AFPE224300
FP-e
RS232C
AFPE214325
RS485(2 wire)
AFPE214322
FP-X
Your owner cable
Your owner cable
Your owner cable
Setting
Your owner cable
AFPE224305
AFPE224302
FP10SH
FP10S
Your owner cable
Setting
Tool port on the Control unit
RS232C port on the Control unit
Your owner cable
RS232C
Setting
RS232C
Setting
AFP3462
RS232C port on the Control unit
Your owner cable
Your owner cable
Your owner cable
NOTE
1. Only FP0 (C10CRM/C10CRS/C14CRM/C14CRS/C16T/C16CP/C32CT/C32CP) has RS232C port.
2. Only FP1 (C24/C40/C56/C72) has RS232C port.
3. Only FP1(C20R/C20T/C32T)has RS232C port.
4. AFP245 is the communication Package of FP2/FP2SH. AFP2803, AFP2084 and AFP2085 are the
communications module of AFP2465.
Communication Setting
RS232 communication
RS485 communication
- 261 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS422 communication
Supported Device
FP Series
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Output Relay
X0.0~9999.F
------
DDDD.H
Input Relay
Y0.0~9999.F
------
DDDD.H
Timer
T0~9999
------
DDDD
Counter
C0~9999
------
DDDD
Link Relay
L0.0~32767.F
------
DDDDD.H
Internal Auxiliary/Relay
R0.0~32767.F
------
DDD.H
T/C Elapsed Value
------
EV0~32767
DDDDD
T/C Setting Value
------
SV0~9999
DDDD
Data Register
------
DT0~99999
DDDDD
Input Word
------
WX0~9999
DDDD
Output Word
------
WY0~9999
DDDD
Internal Auxiliary/Relay
------
WR0~32767
DDDDD
Link Data Register
------
LD0~99999
DDDDD
- 262 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Link Relay
------
WL0~32767
DDDDD
File Register
------
FL0~99999
DDDDD
NOTE
1. Example: X address: 01 in the PLC corresponds to 0.1 in the EV5000; X address: 1F in the PLC
corresponds to 1.F in the EV5000.Y\R register address, and so on.
2. EV registers in the range of addresses on the touch screen can be set to 32767, but only supports the
9999 agreement.
Cable Diagram
RS232 communication
Tool port:
CPU port:
COM port:
Communication module:
- 263 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485 communication
RS422 communication
FP3 RS422 programming port:
Another module RS422 communication:
4.58 Parker AutomationServo Controller
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
- 264 -
Driver
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS232 on CPU unit
Parker Compax3
Parker Compax3
Compax3
Parker SLVD Series
SLVD 15NS
RS485 on the CPU unit
Parker SLVD Series
Parker 6k
6K4
RS232 on the CPU unit
Parker 6k
ACR9040
ACR9040-P3-B
RS232 on the CPU unit
Parker ACR9000
RS485 on CPU unit
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
RS232 on CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on CPU unit
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
RS422 on CPU unit
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
Parker
Compax3
Compax3
Parker SLVD
Series
SLVD
Series
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
Parker 6k
6K4
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
ACR9040
ACR904
0-P3-B
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Parker Compax3 protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters: 115200, 8, none, 1; station: 1
RS232 Communication
RS485-2 Communication
- 265 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
NOTE: RS-485 Settings can be made in the C3 Servo Manager under RS485 settings
RS485-2 setting:
RS485-4 setting:
Parker SLVD Series protocol
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0
RS422 communication
- 266 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Parker 6K protocol
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, 1, none; station: 0
NOTE: Dont support RS485 communication mode
Parker ACR9000 protocol
Default communication parameters: 38400bps, 8, none, 1station NO.0
- 267 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Parker Compax3
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
R_Bit 0.0-9999999.31
------
DDDDDDD.DD
------
R_Float 0.0-9999.511
DDDD.DDD
------
R_Int 0.0-9999.511
DDDD.DDD
NOTE: R_Bit device is the bit format of R_Int device. The address of R_Bit device is DDDDDDD.DD,
the first seven position indicate the address of R_Int, the last two positon indicate 32-bit
SLVD Series
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Pr_Bit
0-9999.15
------
DDDD.DD
Pr_Byte
------
0-9999
DDDD
Pr_Word
------
0-9999
DDDD
Pr_DWord
------
0-9999
DDDD
Note
6k Series
Device
Bit in register
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
VARB_bit 1.00~125.31
------
DDD
Read only
KILL 0
------
S0
------
C0
------
PS 0
------
HALT 0
------
RUN 0
------ 268 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
TAS_Bit 1.01-2.32
------
TSS_Bit 1-32
------
TIN_Bit 1.01-3.32
------
TOUT_Bit 1.01-3.32
------
The 32-bit hexadecimal value
in register
------
VARB 1~125
The integer number value in
register
------
VAR_Int 1~225
The real number value in
register
------
VAR_Float 1~225
DDD
------
VAR 1~255
DDD
------
VARS 1~255
DDD
------
A 1~255
DDD
------
AD 1~255
DDD
------
V 1~255
DDD
------
DRIVE 1~255
DDD
------
TAS 1~2
------
TPC 1~255
DDD
------
TPE 1~255
DDD
------
TER 0
------
TSS 0
------
TIN 1~3
------
TOUT 1~3
DDD
Read only
DDDD
NOTE: VARB configuration software need to use hexadecimal data type, integer-bit to 8 bits.
ACR9000
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
P_low16bit
0.0~99999.f
------
DDDDD.FF
P_high16bit
0.0~99999.f
------
DDDDD.FF
P_int32
------
0~99999
DDDDD
P_float
------
0~99999
DDDDD
Cable Diagram
Parker Compax3 Series
RS232 Communication Cable
RS485-2 Communication Cable
- 269 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485-4 Communication Cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller
RS485 terminal
com0/com1
1 RX6 RX+
4 Tx9 TX+
3 Tx7 Tx+
8 Rx2 Rx+
5 GND
5 GND
1 Enable
9 (+5V)
SLVD Series
RS485-2 Communication Cable
6k/9000 Series
RS232 Communication Cable
- 270 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.59 PMAC Motion Controller
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
PC/104
PC/104
Link Module
Driver
RS232 on the CPU unit
PMAC series
System configuration
Series
CPU
PC/104
PC/104
Link Module
RS232 on the CPU unit
COMM Type
Parameter
RS232
Setting
Cable
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters: 38400bps, 8, none, 1; station: 0
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
I variable
------
I 0-9999
DDDD
R/W
M variable
------
M 0-9999
DDDD
R/W
P variable
------
P 0-9999
DDDD
R/W
Q variable
------
Q 0-9999
DDDD
R/W
I variable
------
I_float 0-9999
DDDD
R/W
Float
------
P_float 0-9999
DDDD
R/W
Float
------
Q_float 0-9999
DDDD
R/W
report position of motor
------
POS 0
report velocity of motor
------
VEL 0
report following error of motor
------
FER 0
common manual and programming command
------
ORD/JOG* 0-9999
DDDD
P variable
Q variable
Float
- 271 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
------
Run current program
RUN 0-9999
DDDD
-----DDDD W
Halt program
HLT 0-9999
NOTESome addresses in I variable devices are on with hex number, when single float number on, all bits
which cant be transformed into hex numbers will be 0
PMAC common manual commands
(0) ORD/JOG 0000
(1) ORD/JOG 0010
(2) ORD/JOG 0020
(3) ORD/JOG 0030
(4) ORD/JOG 0040
(5) ORD/JOG 0050
(6) ORD/JOG 0060
(7) ORD/JOG 0070
(8) ORD/JOG 0080
j+:continual positive rotation command
j- continual reverse rotation command
j/ stop command
j=constant
jconstant
j^
#n
homehmmanual reset zero commands
homezhmzmanual reset zero position commands
PMAC common programming commands
(0) ORD/JOG 0100& n
(1) ORD/JOG 0110B m R
(2) ORD/JOG 0120B m S
(3) ORD/JOG 0130Actrl AStop movement program
(4) ORD/JOG 0140Kctrl KStop movement program and close enable signal
(5) ORD/JOG 0150 Enable PLC nEnable PLC, n indicates prog no. of PLC, range 0-31
(6) ORD/JOG 0160 Disable PLC nDisable PLC, n indicates prog no. of PLC, range 0-31
Cable Diagram
RS232 Communication Cable
4.60 Power-one AURORA Wind Inverter
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
- 272 -
Driver
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
AURORA
PVI-6000-OUTD-US-W
RS485 on the port
Aurora PV
System configuration
Series
AURO
RA
CPU
Link Module
PVI-6000-OUTD-US-W
RS485 on the port
COMM Type
Parameter
RS485
Setting
Cable
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters: 19200, 8, none, 1; station: 2
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Time Registerdouble word
------
Time 0-9999.7
DDDDD.0
Energy Registerdouble word
------
Energy 0-9999.7
DDDDD.0
Status variable Registerdouble word
------
Measure 0-9999.7
DDDDD.0
Hardware versiondouble word
------
Fireware 0-9999.7
DDDDD.0
Software versiondouble word
------
Version 0-9999
DDDD
Device sequence No.double word
------
SN 0-9999
DDDD
Device IDdouble word
------
PN 0-9999
DDDD
Device work status
------
State 0-9999
DDDD
Cable Diagram
NOTE: AURORA Wind Inverter supports two connection modes, please refer to the manual of power-one
Corporation for details.
1. Connect with RS485 port
- 273 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. Connect with RJ12
4.61 Profibus DP Slave
Serial Communication
Series
SIMATIC
S7-300/400
CPU
Link Module
ALL CPUs that have
the DP port
PROFIBUS DP port on the
External Device
Other company devices which support
PROFIBUS DP Master
PROFIBUS DP port
Driver
Profibus DP Slave
System configuration
Series
SIMATIC
S7-300/400
CPU
Link Module
ALL CPUs that have
the DP port
PROFIBUS DP port on the
External Device
Setting
PROFIBUS DP port
Setting
Other company devices which support
PROFIBUS DP Master
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
- 274 -
Parameter
SIP Type
Profibus
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTEInput and Output Modules should match with Master Configuration.
PLC Setting
NOTE: you can find kinco.gsd in the fieldbus file of EV5000 Installation Directory, or you can download
from www.kinco.cn.
1. Setup kinco.gsd file
Setup GSD file in the s7-300 software.
Process:
1. Closed all the station in HW Config
2.choose option > install GSD file.
3.Find out the folder of eview.gsd.
4.Choose eview.gsd, and then click the install button.
You can find the ico in PROFIBUS DP\MMI, after installing
2. configuration setting
(1) Make a new project in s7-300 through the guide
(2) We must use OB82OB86OB100OB121 and OB122 in BLOCK, or system will go wrong when PLC
is power-up.
(3) Double click HW Config, choose DP and right click add master station.
- 275 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
(4) Right clickchoose Insert Object
Click Kinco_MT5K_ProfibusDP_V1.0set address.
NOTE: the address No. of DP master station and slave can not be same.
(5) Input and output setting
- 276 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
(6) Profibus DP Slave has adaption functionyou can change the transmission rate of DP master station,
maximum is 12Mbps.
(7) Double click slave ico, then set User_Prm_Data (0) =01
- 277 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Direct I/O Input
LW.B8500.0~8615.F
DDDD.H
Direct I/O Output
LW.B8000.0~8115.F
Notes
DDDD.H
Direct I/O Input
LW8500~8615
DDDD
correspond PIW
Direct I/O Output
LW8000~8115
DDDD
correspond PQW
Direct I/O Input
LW8500~8615(Data
width is dword)
DDDD
correspond PID
Direct I/O Output
LW8000~8115(Data
width is dword)
DDDD
correspond PQD
NOTE: When use either PID or PQD, you must set User_Prm_Data (0) =1 if HMI communication with the
DP port of Siemens; Other company devices which support PROFIBUS DP Master, default
User_Prm_Data (0) =0.
Cable Diagram
A-type violet cable
4.62 RF-IC (Card Reader)
Serial Communication
- 278 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Series
RF-IC
CPU
Link Module
RF-IC
Driver
RS232 on the CPU unit
RF-IC
System configuration
Series
RF-IC
CPU
RF-IC
Link Module
COMM Type
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Parameter
Setting
Cable
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Bit
LB 8999
------
DDDD
------
LW 8900
DDDD
NOTE: LB8999 means bar code has received or not. LB8999=1 means data has received.
Cable Diagram
4.63 RKC Instrument INC.
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
RKC CH
CH402WK02-VV*AN-5N
CPU direct
RKC CH402
- 279 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
RKC
CH
CH402WK02-V
V*AN-5N
RS485 the CPU unit
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1
RS485 communication
PLC Setting
Press SET key and R/S key at one time,then press the SET key and select parameters:
Add
Address *1
bPS
Baudrate *2
bIT
data instruction *3
InT
transmission delay *4
*1: Two bits ASCII code. Example 23, instrument number must 23(32H 33H)
*2: Baudrate controlled by code as below; default value: 2
02400 bps
14800 bps
29600 bps
319200 bps
*3: data instruction controlled by code as below; default value: 0
ID
Data bit
parity
stop bit
0
8
none
1
1
8
none
2
2
7
odd
1
3
7
odd
2
- 280 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4
5
7
7
even
even
1
2
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Alarm 1 status
AA: 0
------
Read only
Burnout
B1: 0
------
Read only
PID control/Autotuning
G1: 0
------
R/W
Alarm 2 status
AB: 0
------
Read only
RUN/STOP transfer
SR: 0
------
R/W
Self-tuning
G2:0
------
R/W
Measured value
------
M1: 0
Read only
Current transfomer input1
------
M2: 0
Read only
Current transfomer input2
------
M3: 0
Read only
Error code
------
ER: 0
Read only
Set value(SV1)
------
S1: 0
R/W
Alarm 1 setting
------
A1: 0
R/W
Alarm 2 setting
------
A2: 0
R/W
Heater break alarm 1 setting
------
A3: 0
R/W
Heater break alarm 2 setting
------
A4: 0
R/W
Control loop break alarm
------
A5: 0
R/W
Heat-side proportional band
------
P1: 0
R/W
Integral time
------
I1: 0
R/W
Derivative time
------
D1: 0
R/W
Anti-reset windup
------
W1: 0
R/W
Cool-side proportional band
------
P2: 0
R/W
Overlap/deadband
------
V1: 0
R/W
Heat-side proportioning cycle
------
T0: 0
R/W
Cool-side proportioning cycle
------
T1: 0
R/W
PV bias
------
PB: 0
R/W
Set data lock function
------
LK: 0
R/W
Cable Diagram
RS485 Communication Cable
CAN bus Communication Cable
- 281 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.64 Saia-Burgess
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
PCS
PCS1.C8
RS232 on the CPU unit
PCD
PCD2.M110
PCD2.M120
PCD2.M150
PCD2.M170
PCD2.M480
RS232 on the CPU unit
Driver
Saia SBus
Systems Configuration
Series
CPU
PCS
PCS1.C8
PCD
PCD2.M110
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 80
RS232 communication
- 282 -
Cable
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485 communication
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Input
I0-8091
------
DDDDD
Output
O0-8091
------
DDDDD
Flag
F0-8091
------
DDDD
Timer
------
T0-1599
DDDD
Counter
------
C0-1599
DDDD
Register
------
R0-4095
DDDD
------
R_Float0-4095
DDDD
Registersupport single float point
Cable Diagram
PCS1.C8
RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com0/com1 com2
2 RX
7 RX
3 TXD
3 TX
8 TX
2 RXD
5 GND
5 GND
5 GND
RS485 communication cable
- 283 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PCD2.M110
RS232 communication cable
4.65 Sailsors D9 (Temperature Controller)
Serial Communication
Series
Sailsors D9
CPU
Link Module
Driver
Swp-T16-80-08-N
RS232 on the CPU unit
Sailsors D9
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
Sailsors D9
Swp-T16-80-08-N
RS485 on the CPU
unit
COM Type
RS485
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 80
RS485 communication
- 284 -
Parameter
Setting
Cable
Your owner cable
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Channel Sample Value
------
CH 0~16
DD
Channel Indexing
------
SN 1~16
DD
Notes
Cable Diagram
RS485 communication cable
4.66 Schneider Electric, Ltd.
Serial Communication
Series
Micro
CPU
TSX3705001
TSX 37 05 028DR1
TSX 37 08 056DR1
TSX 37 10 128DT1
TSX 37 10 128DR1
TSX 37 10 128DTK1
TSX 37 10 164DTK1
TSX 37 10 028AR1
Link Module
TER port on the CPU
- 285 -
Driver
Schneider Modicon Uni-TelWay
Modbus RTU
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
TSX 37 10 028DR1
TSX 37 21 101
TSX 37 22 101
TSX 37 21 001
TSX 37 22 001
Premium
Nano
Twido
TSX P57 103M
TSX P57 153M
TSX P57 203M
TSX P57 253M
TSX P57 303M
TSX P57 353M
TSX P57 453M
TER port on the CPU
TSX 07 3L 28
TSX 07 30 10
TSX 07 31 16
TSX 07 31 24
TSX 07 32 28
TSX 07 33 28
Programming port on CPU
TWD LCAA 10DRF
TWD LCAA 16DRF
TWD LCAA 24DRF
TWD LMDA 20DTK
TWD LMDA 20DUK
TWD LMDA 20DRT
TWD LMDA 40DTK
TWD LMDA 40DUK
RS485 on the CPU unit
Schneider Twido Modbus RTU
System configuration
Series
CPU
Modicon
TSX
TSX3705001
TSX3705001
TSX 37 05 028DR1
TSX 37 08 056DR1
TSX 37 10 128DT1
TSX 37 10 128DR1
TSX 37 10 128DTK1
TSX 37 10 164DTK1
TSX 37 10 028AR1
TSX 37 10 028DR1
TSX 37 21 101
TSX 37 22 101
TSX 37 21 001
TSX 37 22 001
Link
Module
RS485 on
the CPU unit
Driver
Schneider
Modicon
Uni-TelWay
- 286 -
COMM
Type
Parameter
Cable
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
TSX3705001
TSX3705001
TSX 37 05 028DR1
TSX 37 08 056DR1
TSX 37 10 128DT1
TSX 37 10 128DR1
TSX 37 10 128DTK1
TSX 37 10 164DTK1
TSX 37 10 028AR1
TSX 37 10 028DR1
TSX 37 21 101
TSX 37 22 101
TSX 37 21 001
TSX 37 22 001
Twido
TWD LCAA 10DRF
TWD LCAA 16DRF
TWD LCAA 24DRF
TWD LMDA 20DTK
TWD LMDA 20DUK
TWD LMDA 20DRT
TWD LMDA 40DTK
TWD LMDA 40DUK
RS485
on
the CPU unit
Modbus
RTU
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Schneider Modicon Uni-TelWay protocol
Default communication9600, 8, odd, 1; station:1
RS232 communication
NOTE: Cable by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 2(TER Direct)
RS485 communication
- 287 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Modbus RTU protocol
Default communication9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1
RS232 communication
NOTE: Cable by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 3(OTHER Direct)
RS485 communication
- 288 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
PL7 software setting
1. Start menumodicum telemecanique XWAY Driver Manager to set communication parameter
2. Pop-up to select UNITELWAY DriverConfigurationEdit to modify communication
parameter
3. Press OK and pop up the following tips
- 289 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4. And then click XWAY TestConnect, if the connection is successful, it will clue Connected
5. Open the PL7 softwareCreate new project click Hardware configurationdouble-click pop-up
window Comm
Unitel-way protocol setting as follow:
- 290 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Modbus RTU protocol setting as follow:
6. Setting up the configuration and download the project to the PLC
Schneider Twido Modbus RTU protocol
Default communication: 19200, 8, none, 1; station: 1
NOTE: Cable by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 2(TER Direct).
RS232 communication
- 291 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485 communication
PLC Setting
1. Specify a large number for the internal word in the Controller Memory Use Edit and load the
configuration into the PLC to open the memory area for the words. If set the internal word 3000, you can
use address of MW before 3000.
- 292 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. You must program a coil with maximum address to open the memory area for the Bits. If you
program a coil with 127 addresses, then the address before 127 can be used.
Supported Device
Modicon TSX
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Internal Relay
S00000-32767
------
DDDDD
Auxiliary Relay
M00000-32767
------
DDDDD
Data Register Relay
MW.B0000-9999.F
------
DDDD.H
Data register
------
MW0000-7999
DDDD
Data register double word
------
MD0000-7999
DDDD
Notes
Twido
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Output Relay
0X 1-9999
------
DDDD
Input Relay (read only)
1X 1-9999
------
DDDD
Input Register (read only)
------
3X 1-9999
DDDD
Notes
4X 1-9999
DDDD
Output Register
-----NOTE:
The M register in the software of TWIDO corresponds to 0X in the ev5000 software; MW corresponds
to 4X.The HMIs address must plus 1 to correspond with the address of PLC.
e.g.: M0 corresponds to 0X1.
Dont use 1X, 3X device, because there is no correspondence with the PLC.
Cable Diagram
Uni-TelWay protocol
RS232 communication cable
Cable recommended by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 2(TER Direct)Add a direct
line
RS485 communication cable
Modicon modbus protocol
RS232 communication cable
- 293 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC software setting: Hardware Configurationdouble click Ccom to select MODBUS/BUS
LINK; others are default parameters.
Cable recommended by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 3 (OTHER Direct)
RS485 communication cable
PLC software setting: Hardware Configurationdouble click Ccom to select MODBUS/BUS
LINK; Others are default parameters.
Schneider Twido Modbus RTU protocol
RS232 communication cable
Cable recommended by Schneider Electric Industries
RS485 communication cable
4.67 SHIMADEN FP23
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
FP23
Link Module
FP23
Driver
RS485 on the CPU unit
SHIMADEN FP23
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
FP23
FP23
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485
Setting
Communication Setting
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1
- 294 -
Cable
Your owner cable
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Ctrl_Write 184-252
------
HHH
Sequence code(Read Only)
------
Array Code 0-3
Basic parameter valueRead Only
------
Basic_Read 00-42
HH
OUT1_W,OUT2_W(Write Only)
------
Out_Write 0-1
PV1PV2Read Only
------
PV_Read 0-1
ReferenceRead & Write
------
Reference 300-952
HHH
State instructions(Write Only)
Basic_Read operatable address
PLC addr
HEX
Parameter
R/W
Parameters mean
00H
PV_W
Read
Measurements
01H
SV_W
Read
Setting value
02H
OUT1_W
Read
Output1 value
03H
OUT2_W
Read
Output2 value
04H
EXE_FLG
Read
Execute_flagno execute=0
05H
EV_FLG
Read
Event_flagno event output 0000
06H
Reserve
Read
value:0000H
07H
EXE_PID
Read
Execute_PID No.
09H
HB_W
Read
Heater break alarm
0AH
HL_W
Read
Heater loop alarm
0BH
DI_FLG
Read
DI status flag
10H
UNIT
Read
Measurement unit
11H
RANGE
Read
Measuring range
12H
CJ
Read
Cold junction compensation 0=Internal 1=External
13H
DP
Read
Decimal position, 0=none 1=0.1 2=0.01 3=0.001 4=0.0001
- 295 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
14H
SC_L
Read
PV lower limit side scaling
15H
SC_H
Read
PV higher limit side scaling
16H
DPFLG
Read
0=show 1=cancel
20H
E_PRG
Read
Execute flag of program
21H
E_PTN
Read
Execution step No. of step loop
22H
Reserve
Read
Reserve
23H
24H
E_RPT
Read
Curve repeat time
E_STP
Read
Execution count of step loop
25H
E_TIM
Read
Step time
26H
E_PID
Read
PID No. execution
29H
E_STPRPT
Read
Number of steps
42H
POSI
Read
Seven switchesfeedback 0-100
Ctrl_Write operatable address example
PLC addrHEX
Parameter
R/W
Parameters mean
184H
AT
write
Execution automatically adjustment 0OFF1ON
18CH
COM
write
Communication Protocol0: LOC 1: COM
Reference operatable address example
PLC AddrHEX
Parameter
R/W
300H
FIX_SV
R/W
Parameters mean
FIX mode SV: in the limit range of SV
R/W
PB21
ratio coefficient0.0 to 999.9(0.0=OFF)
460H
About device address details, please refer to the FP23 communication protocol.
Show: H indicates HEX
Note: 1Setting the parameters of ADDR address, the settings must be the same as the corresponding PLC
station.
2When Connecting multiple instruments, for distinguishing instruments, each instrument must be
set different ADDR value.
Cable Diagram
FP23 programmable PID regulator of 8 point and 10 point must be shorted or communications
failure
RS485 communication cable
- 296 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.68 SIEMENS
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
CPU212
CPU214
CPU215
CPU216
CPU221
CPU222
CPU224
CPU226
CPU224 XP CN
CPU226 XP CN
RS485 on the CPU unit
S7-200 SMART
CR40
SR20
RS485 on the CPU unit
S7-300
CPU312IFM
CPU313
CPU313C
CPU314
CPU314IFM
CPU315
CPU315-2 DP
CPU316
CPU316-2 DP
CPU318-2
MPI port on the CPU unit
S7-200
Driver
SIEMENS S7-200
SIEMENS
S7-300/400
Adapter Direct)
S7-400
CPU412-1
CPU412-2 DP
CPU412-3H
CPU413-1
CPU413-2 DP
CPU414-1
CPU414-2 DP
CPU414-3 DP
CPU416-1
CPU416-2 DP
CPU416-3 DP
CPU417-4
MPI port on the CPU unit
S7-300
CPU312IFM
CPU313
CPU313C
CPU314
MPI port on the CPU unit
SIEMENS
Direct) *1
- 297 -
S7-300/400
SIEMENS MPI*2
(PC
(MPI
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
CPU314IFM
CPU315
CPU315-2 DP
CPU316
CPU316-2 DP
CPU318-2
1. *1 :The protocol is suitable for the MT5020 series with MPI extended port. This
protocol supports multi HMI to multi PLC communication
2. *2 : The protocol is suitable for the MT4000 series HMI in 2013 November factory.
This protocol supports one HMI to one PLC communication
NOTE
Ethernet Communication (Direct online simulation disable)
Series
CPU
Link Module
SIMATIC S7-200
CPU222
CPU224
CPU224 XP
CPU226
SMART S7-200
CR40
SR20
Ethernet interface on CPU
SIMATIC S7-1200
CPU1214C
CPU
CPU315-2DP
CP 343-1 IT
CP 343-1
SIMATIC S7-300
SIMATIC S7-400
CPU315-2 PN/DP
CPU317-2 PN/DP
CPU319-3 PN/DP
CP 243-1 IT
CP 243-1
Ethernet interface on CPU
CPU412-1
CPU412-2 DP
CPU412-3H
CPU413-1
CPU413-2 DP
CPU414-1
CPU414-2 DP
CPU414-3 DP
CPU416-1
CPU416-2 DP
CPU416-3 DP
CPU417-4
CPU414-3 PN/DP
CPU416-3 PN/DP
CP 443-1 IT
CP 443-1
CPU414-3 PN/DP
CPU416-3 PN/DP
Ethernet interface
on CPU
- 298 -
Driver
SIEMENS
S7-200
Ethernet (TCP Slave)
SIEMENS
S7-200
SMART Ethernet (TCP
Slave)
SIEMENS
S7-1200
Ethernet (TCP Slave)
SIEMENS
S7-300
Ethernet (TCP Slave)
SIEMENS
Ethernet
(TCP Slave)
S7-400
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
BUS Communication
Please refer to 4.59 Profibus DP Slave.
Serial System configuration
Series
CPU
S7-200
CPU222
CPU224
CPU226
CPU224 XP CN
CPU226 XP CN
RS485 on the CPU unit
S7-200
SMART
CR40
SR20
S7-300
S7-400
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
CPU312IFM
CPU313
CPU313C
CPU314
CPU314IFM
CPU315
CPU315-2 DP
CPU316
CPU316-2 DP
CPU318-2
MPI port on the CPU unit
RS232
S7-300/400
(PC Adapter
Direct)
protocol
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485
S7-300/400
(MPI Direct)
protocol
Setting
Your owner cable
CPU412-1
CPU412-2 DP
CPU412-3H
CPU413-1
CPU413-2 DP
CPU414-1
CPU414-2 DP
CPU414-3 DP
CPU416-1
CPU416-2 DP
CPU416-3 DP
CPU417-4
MPI port on the CPU unit
RS485
SIEMENS
MPI protocol
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232
S7-300/400
(PC Adapter
Direct)
protocol
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485
S7-300/400
(MPI Direct)
protocol
Setting
Your owner cable
Parameter
Cable
Ethernet System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
- 299 -
Connect Type
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
SIMATIC S7-200
CPU222
CPU224
CPU224 XP
CPU226
CP 243-1 IT
CP 243-1
Ethernet
Setting
Your owner cable
SIMATIC S7-200
SMART
CR40
SR20
Ethernet
interface
CPU
Ethernet
Setting
Your owner cable
SIMATIC
S7-1200
CPU1214C
CPU
Ethernet
Setting
Your owner cable
CPU315-2DP
CP 343-1 IT
CP 343-1
CPU315-2 PN/DP
CPU317-2 PN/DP
CPU319-3 PN/DP
Ethernet
interface
CPU
Ethernet
Setting
Your owner cable
CPU412-3H
CP 443-1 IT
CP 443-1
Ethernet
Setting
Your owner cable
SIMATIC S7-300
SIMATIC S7-400
on
on
Serial Communication Setting
SIEMENS S7-200 protocol
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, 1, even; station No.: 2.
NOTE: HMI Baudrate can reach to187.5k, but dont support online simulate for187.5K.
RS232 communication
RS485 communication
- 300 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
SIEMENS S7-300/400 (PC Adapter Direct) protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters: 19200bps, 8, 2, odd; station2
RS232 communication
- 301 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE:
1. If you use MT5-S7-300 adapter to communicate, the baudrate of PLC must be 187.5K, and HMI must be
19.2K
2. If we use PC adapter, PLC station No. is not necessary, so the communication is one-to-one.
3. DB block must be created, otherwise the relevant registers can not write (DB.DBX, DB.DBW, DB.DBD).
DBm.DBW, DBm.DBD address start must be an even number.
PLC Setting
1. Production of the adapter with KINCO, MPI transmission rate must be set 187.5K. 19.2K general users
of the transmission rate, if the S7-300 MPI-side transmission rate is 19.2K, you need to change it into the
Siemens adapter 187.5K (where changes in the hardware properties)
2. MPI address must be 2.
- 302 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
3. After the software change, downloaded to PLC, make sure the transmission rate of MPI is 187.5K, and
then in the options set PG / PC interface, select PC Adapter (MPI), MPI-side of the transfer rate will be
changed to 187.5K.
- 303 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
SIEMENS S7-300/400 (MPI Direct) protocol
HMI Setting
NOTE:
1. This protocol is suitable for MT5020 series with MPI extended port.
- 304 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. This protocol supports multi-station communication, and the MPI is RS485 port, so we can use this
protocol to communicate between many HMI and PLC, and then we must set the master station number.
3. HMI station No. can be 0~15, PLC station No. must be 0~15, the station No. of HMI and PLC can not be
the same number.
4. PLC baud rate can be 187.5K or 19.2K.
5. You must set DB first, or register cannot writeDB.DBX, DB.DBW, DB.DBD. The initial address of
DBm.DBW and DBm.DBD must be even number.
6. This protocol doesnt support direct simulation and indirect simulation.
PLC Setting
1. PLC station No. can be 0~15.
2. MPI baud rate can be 19.2k or 187.5k.
SIEMENS MPI Direct protocol
HMI setting
Default parameter:19200bps, 8, none, 1; station number:2
- 305 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC setting
PLC station No. can be 2-15, MPI baud rate can be 19.2k or 187.5k
NOTE:
1. You should set DB block first, otherwise the registers as DB.DBX,DB.DBW and
DB.DBD cannot write.
2. This protocol supports one HMI to one PLC communication
Ethernet Communication Setting
SIEMENS S7-200 Ethernet (TCP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting
- 306 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
The settings for the CP 243-1 are defined in STEP 7 Micro/WIN via the Ethernet Wizard. For
assistance with all the information go to STEP 7 Micro/WIN Online Help via F1.
1. Starting the Ethernet Wizard
Open STEP 7 Micro/WIN
Start the Ethernet Wizard via Tools >Ethernet Wizard.
Click on Next
2. Specifying module position
If your PC is connected to the S7-200, click the Read modules button to determine the position of
the CP 243-1 module automatically. Otherwise, the module position can also be entered manually.
Important:
The panel can only establish a connection with a Cp243-1 if the module is configured to position 0.
Check if the CP is connected in the module position ZERO and change the module position if
necessary.
Identify or enter the module position ZERO.
Click on Next.
- 307 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
3. Specifying IP address
3.0 Define an IP address for the CP 243-1.
Caution:The IP address for this application may not be taken automatically from a server because the
panel requires a fixed reference partner (CP 243-1) for the Ethernet communication.
Note: The communication connection type for this module can be defined by the Automatic Setting.
4.0 Click on Next to continue.
4. Parameterizing PtP connection
5.0 Specify the command byte for the module and the number of point-to-point connections with the
CP 243-1 .
6.0 Click on Next.
- 308 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
5. Configuration connection
7.0 The configuration for connecting the CP 243-1 to the panel must be defined as in Fig..
8.0 Click OK to confirm the entries.
Warning: The TSAP must always be specified in four-digit format, with a leading zero (02.00).
6. Using CRC protection
Set the CRC protection the way you want it. It is advisable to work without CRC protection first of all. The
Keep Alive Interval can be specified with the default time.
9.0 Activate the CRC protection and change the time of the Keep Alive Interval if required.
10.0 Click on Next.
- 309 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
7. Assigning memory
11.0 Specify a memory area for the configuration of the CP 243-1.
Recommend: If you click on Suggest address, the Wizard can identify a variable memory area.
Note: The register used in the panel must be out of the memory area for the configuration.
12.0 Click on Next.
8. Creating project components
If you click on Close, the Ethernet Wizard generates the project components for the set configuration.
Among other things, subprograms and the variable memory are created in the data block.
- 310 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
9. Confirm message
13.0 Click Yes to confirm the message that appears.
10. Call ETH0_CTRL
14.0 In your STEP 7 Micro/WIN program, you must call the ETH0_CTRL subroutine in each cycle.
15.0 Finally, load the entire configuration into the S7-200.
SIEMENS S7-200 SMART Ethernet (TCP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting
- 311 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
SIEMENS S7-1200 Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting
PLC Setting
1. Modify the IP address
a. Setting IP in GeneralProfinet interface
b. After configuration, download device. Download in the first time, select the Extended download to
device, in the dialog to select show all accessible devices.
- 312 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
c. Select the device, press Load.
2. Build the data block
Data block must be created, otherwise the relevant registers can not write (DB.DBX, DB.DBW, DB.DBD).
Double-click Add new block
For example, add new block DB10, setting as follow
- 313 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE:
1. Make sure the data type of PLC same as the HMI when defining the data block. For example, if the data
type of PLC is REAL, then the data type of number input/display component must be float in HMI.
2. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For
example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user cant define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to
DB5.DBW34 or more.
SIEMENS S7-300 Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting
PLC Setting
- 314 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
1. In HW configuration insert CP300 industrial Ethernet.
2. Set IP address in the Properties of CP343-1.
3. After HW configuration, download.
SIEMENS S7-400 Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting
- 315 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: Dual redundant parameters configuration of S7-400 Ethernet communication
16.0 The station No. is composed of two parts: track No. and slot No., and station No. is a byte, the track
No. is the high 4 bits, and the slot No. is the low 4 bits. For example, the station No. is 0x03 in hex,
that is to say, the track No. is 0 and CPU slot No. is 3.
17.0 Protocol timeout 1 stands for IP address of redundancy PLC. For example, if the IP address is
192.168.100.240, corresponding to the hex value 0xC0A864F8, then transfer this value to decimal, it is
3232261368.
18.0 Protocol timeout 2 stands for tack No. and Slot No. of redundant PLC, for example, if the Protocol
timeout 2 is 19, corresponding to the 0x13 in hex, that is to say the track No. is 1 and slot No. is 3.
19.0 When configuring PLC in HMI program, just need to configure one PLC but not two.
- 316 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
1. In the hardware configuration, insert CP400 Ethernet module CP443-1
2. Open the Properties of CP443-1, set the IP address. No need to set MAC address.
3. Download after finishing hardware configuration
Supported Device
S7-200
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
S.B 0.0-31.7
------
DDD.O
SM.B 0.0-549.7
------
DDDD.O
Counter Relay
Cnt 0-255
------
DDD.O
Timer Relay
Tim 0-255
------
DDD.O
SCR
Special memory Relay
- 317 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
V Relay
V.B 0.0-10238.7
------
DDDDD.O
Internal Memory Relay
M.B 0.0-31.7
------
DDDDD.O
Discrete outputs and image Relay
Q.B 0.0-15.7
------
DDDDD.O
Discrete inputs and image Relay
I.B 0.0-15.7
------
DDDDD.O
AQW 0-62
DD
Analog Inputs
-----------
AIW 0-62
DD
SCR double word
------
SD 0-28
DD
SCR
------
SW 0-30
DD
Special memory double word
------
SMD 0-546
DDD
Special memory
------
SMW 0-548
DDD
Internal memory double word
------
MD 0-28
DD
Internal memory
------
MW 0-30
DD
Discrete outputs and image register double word
------
QD 0-12
DD
Discrete outputs and image register
------
QW 0-14
DD
Discrete inputs and image register double word
------
ID 0-12
DD
Discrete inputs and image register
------
IW 0-14
DD
TimerCurrent Value
------
Cnt 0-255
DDD
CounterCurrent Value
------
Tim 0-255
DDD
V memory double word
------
VD 0-10236
DDDDD
V memory
NOTEVWVD address must be an even number
------
VW 0-10238
DDDDD
Analog Outputs
SIEMENS S7-200 Ethernet(TCP Slave)
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
V.B 0.0-20479.7
------
DDDD.O
Internal Memory Relay
M.B 0.0-31.7
------
DD.O
Discrete outputs and image Relay
Q.B 0.0-31.7
------
DD.O
Discrete inputs and image Relay
Special memory Relay
I.B 0.0-31.7
SM.B 0.0-1535.7
-----------
DD.O
DDDD.O
S.B 0.0-31.7
------
DD.O
Internal memory double word
------
MD 0-28
DD
Internal memory
------
MW 0-30
DD
Discrete outputs and image register double word
------
QD 0-28
DD
Discrete outputs and image register
------
QW 0-30
DD
Discrete inputs and image register double word
------
ID 0-28
DD
Discrete inputs and image register
------
IW 0-30
DD
V memory double word
------
VD 0-20478
DDDD
V memory
------
VW 0-20476
DDDD
V Relay
SCR
- 318 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
SIEMENS S7-300/400 (PC Adapter Direct)
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
External Input node
I 0.0~511.7
------
DDDD.O
External Output node
Q 0.0~511.7
------
DDDD.O
Internal assistant node
M 0.0~4095.7
------
DDDD.O
Data Register Relay node
DBm.DBX
0~65535.7
------
DDDDD.O
m:10~60
Data Register Relay
------
DBm.DBW 0-65534
DDDDD
m:10~60
Data Register Relay (32 bit)
------
DBm.DBD 0-65532
DDDDD
m:10~60
Internal Relay
Internal Relay (32 bit)
------
MW 0~2046
DDDD
------
MD 0~2044
DDDD
External Output Relay
------
QW 0~126
DDD
External Output Relay (32 bit)
------
QD 0~124
DDD
External Input Relay
------
IW 0~126
DDD
External Input Relay (32 bit)
------
ID 0~124
DDD
NOTE:
1. The initial address of DBm.DBW and DBm.DBD must be even number.
2. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For
example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user cant define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to
DB5.DBW34 or more.
SIEMENS S7-300/400 (MPI Direct)
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
External Input node
I 0.0~255.7
------
DDDD.O
External Output node
Q 0.0~255.7
------
DDDD.O
Internal assistant node
M 0.0~8191.7
------
DDDD.O
Data Register Relay node
DBm.DBX 0.0~65533.7
------
DDDDD.O
m:1~60
Data Register Relay node
DBn.DBX
100000.0~409665535.7
------
DDDDD.O
n:1~4096
Counter
------
C 0~2047
DDD
Timer
------
T 0~2047
DDD
Internal Relay
------
MW 0~8190
DDDD
External Output Relay
------
QW 0~254
DDD
External Input Relay
------
IW 0~254
DDD
Internal Relay
------
MD 0~8188
DDDD
External Output Relay
------
QD 0~252
DDD
External Input Relay
------
ID 0~252
DDD
Data Register Relay
------
DBm.DBW 0~65532
DDDDD
m:1~60
Data Register Relay (32
------
DBm.DBD 0~65532
DDDDD
m:1~60
- 319 -
*1
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
bit)
Data Register Relay
------
DBn_DBW
100000-409665534
DDDDDDDDD
n:1~4096
Data Register Relay (32
------
DBn_DBD
100000-409665532
DDDDDDDDD
n:1~4096
bit)
NOTE:
1. DBn_DBX, DBn_DBW, DBn_DBD is a custom block. First three data formats for data block number,
the address after the five, less than five former address zeros. To DB20.DBX23.4 example, EV5000
software addresses to DBn_DBX: 2000023.4
2. The initial address of DBm.DBW, DBm.DBD must be an even number.
3. *1 T/C registers are read only.
4. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For
example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user cant define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to
DB5.DBW34 or more.
SIEMENS S7-1200 Ethernet(TCP Slave)
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
External Input node
I 0.0~127.7
------
DDDD.O
External Output node
Q 0.0~127.7
------
DDDD.O
Internal assistant node
M 0.0~2047.7
------
DDDD.O
Data Register Relay node
DBn_DBX
100000.0~25565535.7
------
DDDDDDDD.O
Data Register Relay node
DBm_DBX
0.0~65535.7
------
DDDDD.O
m:1~10
Data Register Relay
------
DBn_DBW
100000-25565534
DDDDDDDD
n:1~255
Data Register Relay (32 bit)
------
DBn_DBD
100000-25565532
DDDDDDDD
n:1~255
Data Register Relay
------
DBm_DBW
0-65534
DDDDD
Data Register Relay (32 bit)
------
DBm_DBD
0-65532
DDDDD
Internal Relay
Internal Relay (32 bit)
------
MW 0~2046
DDDD
------
MD 0~2044
DDDD
External Output Relay
------
QW 0~126
DDD
External Output Relay (32
bit)
------
QD 0~124
DDD
External Input Relay
------
IW 0~126
DDD
External Input Relay (32 bit)
------
ID 0~124
DDD
m:1~10
NOTE:
1. EV5000 in the DB register corresponds to the definition of S7-1200 software, the absolute address of DB,
rather than the global symbol DB.
- 320 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. DBn_DBX, DBn_DBW, DBn_DBD is a custom block. First three data formats for data block number,
the address after the five, less than five former address zeros. To DB20.DBX23.4 example, EV5000
software addresses to DBn_DBX: 2000023.4
3. The initial address of DBm.DBW, DBm.DBD must be an even number.
4. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For
example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user cant define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to
DB5.DBW34 or more.
SIEMENS S7-300 Ethernet(TCP Slave)
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
External Input node
I 0.0~2047.7
------
DDDD.O
External Output node
Q 0.0~2047.7
------
DDDD.O
Internal assistant node
M 0.0~2047.7
------
DDDD.O
Data Register Relay node
DBn_DBX
100000.0~25565535.7
------
DDDDDDDD.O
Data Register Relay node
DBm_DBX
0.0~65535.7
------
DDDDD.O
m:1~10
Data Register Relay
------
DBn_DBW
100000-25565534
DDDDDDDD
n:1~255
Data Register Relay (32 bit)
------
DBn_DBD
100000-25565532
DDDDDDDD
n:1~255
Data Register Relay
------
DBm_DBW
0-65534
DDDDD
Data Register Relay (32 bit)
------
DBm_DBD
0-65532
DDDDD
Internal Relay
Internal Relay (32 bit)
------
MW 0~2046
DDDD
------
MD 0~2044
DDDD
External Output Relay
------
QW 0~2046
DDD
External Output Relay (32 bit)
------
QD 0~2044
DDD
External Input Relay
------
IW 0~2046
DDD
External Input Relay (32 bit)
------
ID 0~2044
DDD
m:1~10
NOTE:
1. DBn_DBX, DBn_DBW, DBn_DBD is a custom block. First three data formats for data block number,
the address after the five, less than five former address zeros. To DB20.DBX23.4 example, EV5000
software addresses to DBn_DBX: 2000023.4
2. The initial address of DBm.DBW, DBm.DBD must be an even number.
3. The data type of MB, IB, QB registers cant be set to signed int.
4. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For
example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user cant define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to
DB5.DBW34 or more.
SIEMENS S7-400 Ethernet(TCP Slave)
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
- 321 -
Format
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
External Input node
I 0.0~255.7
------
DDD.O
External Output node
Q 0.0~255.7
------
DDD.O
Internal assistant node
M 0.0~8191.7
------
DDDD.O
Data
Register
Relay
------
DDDDDDDD.O
node
Data
node
DBn_DBX
100000.0~25565535.7
Register
Relay
DBm_DBX
0.0~65535.7
------
DDDDD.O
------
DBn_DBW
100000-25565534
DDDDDDDD
------
DBn_DBD
100000-25565532
DDDDDDDD
------
DBm_DBW 0-65534
DDDDD
------
DBm_DBD 0-65532
DDDDD
Data Register Relay
Data Register Relay (32
bit)
Data Register Relay
Data Register Relay (32
m:1~10
m:1~10
bit)
Internal Relay
Internal Relay (32 bit)
------
MW 0~8190
DDDD
------
MD 0~8188
DDDD
External Output Relay
------
QW 0~254
DDD
External Output Relay
(32 bit)
------
QD 0~252
DDD
External Input Relay
------
IW 0~254
DDD
External Input Relay
(32 bit)
------
ID 0~252
DDD
NOTE:
1. DBn_DBX, DBn_DBW, DBn_DBD is a custom block. First three data formats for data block number,
the address after the five, less than five former address zeros. To DB20.DBX23.4 example, EV5000
software addresses to DBn_DBX: 2000023.4
2. The initial address of DBm.DBW, DBm.DBD must be an even number.
3. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For
example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user cant define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to
DB5.DBW34 or more.
Cable Diagram
SIEMENS S7-200 protocol
RS232 communication
Siemens models using standard serial PC / PPI cable . Cable Baud Rate DIP switch settings are as
follows:
1 ) with 5 DIP switch cable
- 322 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PC/PPI Cable switch to select the baud rate
Baud
SWITCH1=on
38400
000
19200
001
9600
010
4800
011
2400
100
1200
101
2with 8 DIP switch cable
PC/PPI Cable switch to select the baud rate
Baud
SWITCH1=on
115200
110
57600
111
38400
000
19200
001
9600
010
4800
011
2400
100
1200
101
Note: The switch 5 is set to 0 , the selected item Freeport;the switch 6,7,8 is set to 0.
- 323 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PC / PPI cable on the baud rate DIP switch settings, you must set the baud rate with the PLC and
PC SET PG / PC Interface match the settings , Siemens S7-200 PLC baud rate can be programmed
via STEP7-Micro/WIN software settings.
RS485 communication
SIEMENS S7-300/400 (PC Adapter Direct) protocol
RS232 communication
MT5-S7-300 PC Adapter communication cable
Need to add a communication cable in adapter RS232 terminal
SIEMENS S7-300/400 (MPI Direct) protocol
RS485 communication
SIEMENS MPI protocol
RS485-2 communication
Long distance communication with MPI adapter:
The cable length must be 600m or less in the 187.5k ,the 7 pin and 2 pin must connect with 24V power in
the port of RS485, the 8 pin and 3 pin must connect with 120terminal resistance.
- 324 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Ethernet communication protocol cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.69 SIKO AG05 SIKONETZ5
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
Siko AG05
AG05
Port on CPU unit
SIKO AG05 SIKONETZ5
Serial System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COM Type
Parameter
Cable
Siko AG05
AG05
CPU Direct
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default parameter57600bps8none1station1
- 325 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
Please reference to controller manual.
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Parameter No.
------
ID 0-FF
HH
SW
------
SW 0-0
CW
------
CW 0-0
Note
Notes
Direct online simulation disable
Cable Diagram
RS485-2
4.70 Sinocon Sc1n
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
SC1N
SC1N-30T-2AD2DA
RS232 on the CPU
unit
Sinocon Sc1n
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
SC1N
SC1N-30T-2
AD2DA
RS232 on the CPU
unit
RS232/RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI setting
Default parameter9600bps7even1station1
RS232
- 326 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Input Relay
X 000-177
------
OOO
Output Relay
Y 000-177
------
OOO
Data Contact
D_bit 0.0-5998.F
------
DDDD.F
Internal Relay
M 0000-1535
------
DDDD
Timer Contact
T 000-255
------
DDD
Counter Contact
C 000-255
------
DDD
Special Internal Relay
SM 8000-8255
------
DDDD
- 327 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
------
DDD
Timer Value
S 000-999
------
T_word 000-255
DDD
Counter Value
------
C_word 000-199
DDD
Data Register
------
D_word 0000-5998
DDDD
Special Data Register
------
SD_word 8000-8255
DDDD
Counter Value
------
C_dword 200-255
DDD
State
32 bit device
Cable Diagram
RS232
RS485
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller
RS485 terminal
com0/com1
1 RX6 RX+
com2
1 B6 A+
5 GND
5 GND
4.71 TAIAN
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Taian
TOP3-30HR-A
Driver
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS485 on the CPU unit
Taian
System configuration
Series
CPU
Taian
TOP3-30HR-A
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
- 328 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Default communication: 19200, 8, none, 1; station: 1
RS232 communication
RS485 communication
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Input Relayreceive external
switch signal
X0-377
------
OOO
Output Relay
Y0-377
------
OOO
M0-7679& (8000-8511
------
DDDD
Step Relay
S0-4096
------
DDDD
Timer Relay
T0-511
------
DDD
Counter Relay
C0-255
DDD
Data Register
------
-----D0-8511
DDDD
Data Register
------
Z0-15
DD
Data Register
------
V0-15
DD
Timer(Current value
------
T_Current_Word 0-511
DDD
Auxiliary Relay
- 329 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Counter(Current value
------
C_Current_Word 0-199
DDD
Counter
------
C_Current_Double 200-255
DDD
Timer(Preset value)
------
T_Preset_Word 0-511
DDD
Counter(Preset value)
------
C_Preset_Word 0-199
DDD
Counter
------
C_Preset_Double 200-255
DDD
NOTEZ, V is the turn of the write and read out. When testing a single word, max interval of word block
pack and max word block package size are changed to 1.
Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
RS485 communication cable
4.72 TMCM_303
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
TMCM_303
Link Module
Driver
RS232 on the CPU unit
TMCM_303
System configuration
Series
TMCM_303
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1
- 330 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Please refer to TMCL Reference Manual for device details
TMCM_303
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
ROR
------
0-2
Write Only
ROL
------
0-2
Write Only
MST
0-2
------
Write Only
MVP
------
0.0-2.7
DD.D
Write Only
SAP
0.008-0.013
1.008-1.013
2.008-2.013
0.0-2.213
DDDD.DDD
Write Only
GAP
0.008-0.013
1.008-1.013
2.008-2.013
0.0-2.213
DDDD.DDD
Read Only
STAP
0.0-2.213
------
DDDD.DDD
Write Only
RSAP
0.0-2.213
------
DDDD.DDD
Write Only
0.077
0.129
0.0-0.038
0.64-0.81
0.128-0.132
1.0-1.11
2.0-2.19
DDDD.DDD
Write Only
GGP
0.077
0.129
0.0-0.038
0.64-0.81
0.128-0.132
1.0-1.11
2.0-2.19
DDDD.DDD
Read Only
RFS
------
DWord 0.0-2.2
DD.D
Write Only
SIO
0-7
------
Write Only
SGP
- 331 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
GIO
0.0-0.10
2.0-2.07
1.0-1.7
DDD.DD
Read Only
CALC
------
0-9
Write Only
COMP
------
Write Only
JC
------
0-9
DD
Write Only
JA
------
Write Only
CSUB
------
Write Only
RSUB
------
Write Only
WAIT
------
0.0-4.7
DD.D
Write Only
STOP
------
Write Only
Cable Diagram
RS232 Communication Cable
4.73 THINGET Controller
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
THINGET XC
XC3-32R-E
RS232 on the CPU unit
MODBUS RTU
THINGET Controller
System configuration
Series
Link Module
COM Type
Parameter
Cable
THINGET XC
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
THINGET Controller protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station: 1
- 332 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Internal Relay
M0~M7999
------
DDDDD
Input Relay
X0.0~X51.1
------
OOOOOO.O
Output Relay
Y0.0~Y51.1
------
OOOOOO.O
State Relay
S0~S1023
------
DDDDD
Special Relay
M8000~M8511
------
DDDDD
Timer Relay
T0~T618
------
DDDDD
Counter Relay
C0~C634
------
DDDDD
Data register
------
D0~D7999
DDDDD
Timer
------
TD0~TD618
DDDDD
Counter
------
CD0~CD634
DDDDD
Special Data Register
------
D8000~D8511
DDDDD
FlashROM Register
------
FD0~FD5000
DDDDD
Special FlashROM Register
------
FD8000~FD8511
DDDDD
Notes
NOTE
1. O indicates OCT, D indicates HEX.
2. Example: X\Y address: 1 in the controller corresponds with 0.1 in the HMIWare; X\Y address: 17 in the
controller correspond with 1.7 in the HMIWare.
MODBUS RTU protocol
Register address in programmable controller correspond with address in modbus protocol, as follows:
Coil Area
bits Addr
MODBUS addrDecimal K
M0~M7999
0X 1~0X 8000
X0~X511
0X 16385~0X 16714
Y0~Y511
0X 18433~0X 18762
- 333 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
S0~S1023
0X 20481~0X 21504
M8000~M8511
0X 24577~0X 25088
T0~T618
0X 25601~0X 26219
C0~C634
0X 27649~0X 28283
words Addr
MODBUS addrDecimal K
D0~D7999
4X 1~4X8000
TD0~TD618
4X 12289~4X12907
CD0~CD634
4X 14337~4X 14971
D8000~D8511
4X 16385~4X 16896
FD0~FD1535
4X 18433~4X19968
FD8000~FD8511
4X 26625~4X 27136
Register Area
Cable Diagram
RS232 Communication
RS485 Communication
4.74 Toledo DLoadCell
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
D3CellTM
D3CellTM
Link Module
RS422 on the CPU unit
Driver
DLoadCell
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
- 334 -
Parameter
Cable
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
D3CellTM
D3CellTM
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS422
Setting
Your owner cable
Supported Device
For detailed device, please refer to the PLC manual.
Communication Setting
Cable Diagram
RS485 Communication Cable
4.75 Toshiba
Network Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
V30
TCXMAIN1
Ethernet interface on CPU
Toshiba V30 Ethernet TCP Slave
V-series
S2PU72A
Ethernet interface on CPU
Toshiba S2PU72A EthernetTCP Slave
Network System configuration
Series
ToShiBaV30
V-series
CPU
Connect Type
Parameter
Cable
TCXMAIN1
Ethernet
Setting
Your owner cable
S2PU72A
Ethernet
Setting
Your owner cable
- 335 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Network Communication Setting
HMI setting
TCXMAIN1
S2PU72A
PLC setting
- 336 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Please refer to the communication equipment related documentation to set the parameter
Supported Device
TCXMAIN1
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
0x00000000-0x0000FFFF
R00_B 0.00-FFFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x01000000-0x0100FFFF
R01_B 0.00-FFFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x02000000-0x02000FFF
R02_B 0.00-FFF.1F
------
HHH.HH
0x03000000-0x03000FFF
R03_B 0.00-FFF.1F
------
HHH.HH
0x04000000-0x04000FFF
R04_B 0.00-FFF.1F
------
HHH.HH
0x05000000-0x05000FFF
R05_B 0.00-FFF.1F
------
HHH.HH
0x06000000-0x06000FFF
R06_B 0.00-FFF.1F
------
HHH.HH
0x07000000-0x07000FFF
R07_B 0.00-FFF.1F
------
HHH.HH
0x08000000-0x0800FFFF
R08_B 0.00-FFFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x09000000-0x09000FFF
R09_B 0.00-FFF.1F
------
HHH.HH
0x0A000000-0x0A000FFF
R0A_B 0.00-FFF.1F
------
HHH.HH
0x0B000000-0x0B00FFFF
R0B_B 0.00-FFFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x0C000000-0x0C00FFFF
R0C_B 0.00-FFFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x0D000000-0x0D000FFF
R0D_B 0.00-FFF.1F
------
HHH.HH
0x0E000000-0x0E000FFF
R0E_B 0.00-FFF.1F
------
HHH.HH
0x0F000000-0x0F000FFF
R0F_B 0.00-FFF.1F
------
HHH.HH
0x10000000-0x10000FFF
R10_B 0.00-FFF.1F
------
HHH.HH
0x11000000-0x11000FFF
R11_B 0.00-FFF.1F
------
HHH.HH
0x12000000-0x1200FFFF
R12_B 0.00-FFFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x13000000-0x13000FFF
R13_B 0.00-FFF.1F
------
HHH.HH
0x14000000-0x14000FFF
R14_B 0.00-FFF.1F
------
HHH.HH
0x15000000-0x15000FFF
R15_B 0.00-FFF.1F
------
HHH.HH
0x17000000-0x17007FFF
R17_B 0.00-7FFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x41000000-0x4100FFFF
R41_B 0.00-FFFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x51000000-0x5100FFFF
R51_B 0.00-FFFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x52000000-0x520000FF
R52_B 0.00-FF.1F
------
HH.HH
0x61000000-0x6107FFFF
R61_B 0.00-7FFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x62000000-0x62003FFF
R62_B 0.00-3FFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x63000000-0x63003FFF
R63_B 0.00-3FFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x64000000-0x64003FFF
R64_B 0.00-3FFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x65000000-0x65003FFF
R65_B 0.00-3FFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x66000000-0x66003FFF
R66_B 0.00-3FFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x67000000-0x67003FFF
R67_B 0.00-3FFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x68000000-0x68003FFF
R68_B 0.00-3FFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x69000000-0x69003FFF
R69_B 0.00-3FFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x6A000000-0x6A003FFF
R6A_B 0.00-3FFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x6B000000-0x6B003FFF
R6B_B 0.00-3FFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
- 337 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
0x6C000000-0x6C003FFF
R6C_B 0.00-3FFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x6D000000-0x6D003FFF
R6D_B 0.00-3FFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x6E000000-0x6E003FFF
R6E_B 0.00-3FFF.1F
------
HHHH.HH
0x6F000000-0x6F000FFF
R6F_B 0.00-FFF.1F
------
HHH.HH
0x00000000-0x0000FFFF
------
R00 0-FFFF
HHHH
0x01000000-0x0100FFFF
------
R01 0-FFFF
HHHH
0x02000000-0x02000FFF
------
R02 0-FFF
HHH
0x03000000-0x03000FFF
------
R03 0-FFF
HHH
0x04000000-0x04000FFF
------
R04 0-FFF
HHH
0x05000000-0x05000FFF
------
R05 0-FFF
HHH
0x06000000-0x06000FFF
------
R06 0-FFF
HHH
0x07000000-0x07000FFF
------
R07 0-FFF
HHH
0x08000000-0x0800FFFF
------
R08 0-FFFF
HHHH
0x09000000-0x09000FFF
------
R09 0-FFF
HHH
0x0A000000-0x0A000FFF
------
R0A 0-FFF
HHH
0x0B000000-0x0B00FFFF
------
R0B 0-FFFF
HHHH
0x0C000000-0x0C00FFFF
------
R0C 0-FFFF
HHHH
0x0D000000-0x0D000FFF
------
R0D 0-FFF
HHH
0x0E000000-0x0E000FFF
------
R0E 0-FFF
HHH
0x0F000000-0x0F000FFF
------
R0F 0-FFF
HHH
0x10000000-0x10000FFF
------
R10 0-FFF
HHH
0x11000000-0x11000FFF
------
R11 0-FFF
HHH
0x12000000-0x1200FFFF
------
R12 0-FFFF
HHHH
0x13000000-0x13000FFF
------
R13 0-FFF
HHH
0x14000000-0x14000FFF
------
R14 0-FFF
HHH
0x15000000-0x15000FFF
------
R15 0-FFF
HHH
0x17000000-0x17007FFF
------
R17 0-7FFF
HHHH
0x41000000-0x4100FFFF
------
R41 0-FFFF
HHHH
0x51000000-0x5100FFFF
------
R51 0-FFFF
HHHH
0x52000000-0x520000FF
------
R52 0-FF
HH
0x61000000-0x6107FFFF
------
R61 0-7FFF
HHHH
0x62000000-0x62003FFF
------
R62 0-3FFF
HHHH
0x63000000-0x63003FFF
------
R63 0-3FFF
HHHH
0x64000000-0x64003FFF
------
R64 0-3FFF
HHHH
0x65000000-0x65003FFF
------
R65 0-3FFF
HHHH
0x66000000-0x66003FFF
------
R66 0-3FFF
HHHH
0x67000000-0x67003FFF
------
R67 0-3FFF
HHHH
0x68000000-0x68003FFF
------
R68 0-3FFF
HHHH
0x69000000-0x69003FFF
------
R69 0-3FFF
HHHH
- 338 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
0x6A000000-0x6A003FFF
------
R6A 0-3FFF
HHHH
0x6B000000-0x6B003FFF
------
R6B 0-3FFF
HHHH
0x6C000000-0x6C003FFF
------
R6C 0-3FFF
HHHH
0x6D000000-0x6D003FFF
------
R6D 0-3FFF
HHHH
0x6E000000-0x6E003FFF
------
R6E 0-3FFF
HHHH
0x6F000000-0x6F000FFF
------
R6F 0-FFF
HHH
S2PU72A
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
XX
0.0-3071.F
------
DDDD.F
RR
0.0-4095.F
------
DDDD.F
SS
0.0-511.F
------
DDD.F
X_WORD
------
0-3071
DDDD
R_WORD
------
0-4095
DDDD
S_WORD
------
0-511
DDD
Cable Diagram
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet
4.76 Trio motion controller
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
Euro
Euro 205x
RS232 on the CPU unit
TRIO
Modbus RTU Extend
System configuration
Series
CPU
TRIO
Euro 205x
Modbus
RTU Extend
Euro 205x
Link Module
COMM
Type
Parameter
Cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
TRIO protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 1
RS232 communication
- 339 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Controller internal setting:
RS485-4 communication
Controller internal setting:
PLC Setting
Select the HOST LINK protocol in the PLC program software
1. Define HOST LINK slave node
HLS_NODE=1
2. Define HOST LINK slave model
HLS_MODEL=$FA
3. Set up HOST LINK slave for port2.
- 340 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Trio controller setting: SETCOM(baudrate, databits, stopbits, parity, port, 5)
SETCOM960072225
RS232 communication
RS485-4 communication
Modbus RTU Extend protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1
RS232 communication
RS485-4 communication
PLC Setting
Modbus Protocol
- 341 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
ADDRESS=1
SETCOM9600,8,1,2,1,4
Supported Device
TRIO
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
I/O and Internal Auxiliary Relay
IR 0.0-4095.15
----------
DDDD.DD
Link Relay
LR 0.0-4095.15
----------
DDDD.DD
Assistant Relay
AR 0.0-4095.15
----------
DDDD.DD
Holding Relay
HR 0.0-4095.15
----------
DDDD.DD
Data Memory
----------
DM 0-30000
DDDDD
Timer/Counter
----------
TC 0-255
DDD
Notes
NOTE Address correspondence: IRn.m-->the m Trio VR (n); DMn->Table (n). Example IR1.02
corresponds to the 2nd bit of VR1.
Modbus RTU Extend
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Data register bit
4X_bit 0.0-1023.15
----------
DDDD.DD
Data register
----------
4X 0-1023
DDDDD
Notes
NOTEAddress correspondence: 4x corresponds to VR; 4x_bit corresponds to VRs bit. Address difference
between one position, e.g. 4x (501) corresponds to VR (500); 4x_bit (67.1) corresponds to the first bit of
VR (66).
Cable Diagram
NOTE: In the controller, A port is programming port, B port is communication port
Programming Cable
RS232 Communication Cable
RS422 Communication Cable
- 342 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.77 Unitronics
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Vision 130
V130-33-B1
Driver
RS232 on the CPU unit
Unitronics
RS485 on the CPU unit
Network Communication
Series
Vision 130
CPU
V130-33-B1
Link Module
Driver
Unitronics Ethernet(TCP Slave)
Ethernet I/F on CPU Unit
Serial System configuration
Series
CPU
Vision 130
V130-33-B1
Link Module
COM Type
Parameter
Cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
Network System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
Vision 130
V130-33-B1
Ethernet I/F on CPU Unit
Connect Type
Parameter
Ethernet
Setting
Serial Communication Setting
HMI Setting
RS232 default communication: 57600, 8, 1, none; station: 1
- 343 -
Cable
Your owner cable
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485 default communication: 57600, 8, 1, none; station: 64
PLC Setting
1. COM Initialize in the program software by RS485 communication.
- 344 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
2. Initialize ID, and program as below, download to controller.
3. Change the jumper position and choose RS485 communication.
Network Communication Setting
HMI Setting
- 345 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Inputs
I 0~999
------
DDD
Read only
Outputs
O 0~999
------
DDD
Memory Bits
MB 0~8191
------
DDDD
System Bits
SB 0~999
------
DDD
Timers
T 0~383
------
DDD
Read only
Counters
C 0~31
------
DD
Read only
Memory Integer
------
MI 0~4095
DDDD
Memory Longer
------
ML 0~511
DDD
Double Word
------
DW 0~255
DDD
Memory Float
------
MF 0~63
DD
System Integer
------
SI 0~999
DDD
System Longer
------
SL 0~199
DDD
System Double Word
------
SDW 0~199
DDD
Timers Preset
------
T_C 0~383
DDD
Read only
Timers Current
------
T_P 0~383
DDD
Read only
Counters Preset
------
C_C 0~31
DD
Read only
Counters Current
------
C_P 0~31
DD
Read only
Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
RS485-2 communication cable
PLC RJ12 pins are defined as follow:
- 346 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Ethernet communication protocol cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.78 Universal ASCII Slave
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
Universal ASCII Slave
Universal ASCII Slave
RS232 on the CPU unit
Universal ASCII Slave
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COM Type
Parameter
Cable
Universal ASCII
Slave
Universal ASCII
Slave
RS232 on the
CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication: 57600, 8, 1, none; station: 1
Supported Device
- 347 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
send
LB 0
------
clear
LB1
------
Send data buffer
------
LW 0~99
DD
Receive data buffer
------
LW 100~199
DDD
send
LB2
------
clear
LB3
------
Send data buffer
------
LW 200~299
DD
Receive data buffer
------
LW 300~399
DDD
send
LB 4
------
clear
LB5
------
Send data buffer
------
LW400~499
DD
Receive data buffer
------
LW 500~599
DDD
Notes
Correspond to
COM0
Correspond to
COM1
Correspond to
COM2
Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
4.79 Vigor Corporation
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
VH
VH-14MR
RS232 on the CPU unit
VB0
VB0-14MR
RS232 on the CPU unit
Vigor
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
VH
VH-14MR
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
VB0
VB0-14MR
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
Default communication: 19200, 7, even, 1; station: 0
- 348 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTECP1* baudrate 19200bps.
*CP1 programming port is USB(RS232).
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Input Relay
X 0-255
------
OOO
Output Relay
Y 0-255
------
OOO
Internal Relay
M 0-5119
------
DDDD
Special Relay
SM 9000-9255
------
DDDD
Timer Relay
T_bit 0-255
------
DDD
Counter Relay
C_bit 0-255
------
DDD
Timer
------
T_word 0-255
DDD
Counter
------
C_word 0-199
DDD
Counter double word
------
C_dword 200-255
DDD
Data Register
------
D 0-8191
DDDD
Special Data Register
------
SD 90009255
DDDD
Cable Diagram
VH-14MR RS232 communication cable
1. Communication via USB programming port
Connection with HMI by programming cable of Vigor
2. Communication via auxiliary interface of programming device:
- 349 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4.80 XiLin Inverter
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
XiLin
EH600
RS485-2 on the CPU unit
XiLin EH600
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COM Type
Parameter
Cable
XiLin
EH600
RS485-2 on the CPU unit
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default Communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Addr communication parameter
------
Addr
HHHH
A FWD
------
A0
B REV
------
B0
- 350 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
C FJOG
------
C0
D RJOG
------
D0
E Free halt
------
E0
F Slow down
------
F0
G Reset failures
------
G0
PLC Setting
Please refer to XILIN frequency converter manual for details about device address.
Cable Diagram
4.81 Yamatake Corporation
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
DCP30
P30A2
RS485 on the CPU unit
SDC35/36
C352
C354
C362
C364
RS485 on the CPU unit
DMC
DMC10D
DMC10S
Driver
Yamatake DCP30
Yamatake SDC/DMC
RS485 on the CPU unit
System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
DCP30
P30A2
RS485 on the CPU
unit
RS485
Setting
Your owner
cable
SDC35/36
C352
C354
C362
C364
RS485 on the CPU
unit
RS485
Setting
Your owner
cable
DMC
DMC10D
RS485
Setting
DMC10S
RS485 on the CPU
unit
Communication Setting
- 351 -
Your owner
cable
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI Setting
Yamatake DCP30 protocol
Default communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1
Yamatake SDC/DMC protocol
SDC
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1
DMC
Default communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station: 6
- 352 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
1. Set modbus RTU in the SLP-D10, and then download.
2. Station match with the switch on the device.
Supported Device
DCP30
Device
Bit Address
Word AddressParameter code
Format
RUN Status
------
1-26
DDD
PARA
------
1-33
DDD
EU
------
1-13
DDD
PID
------
1-80
DDD
SET
------
1-99
DDD
TBL
------
1-22
DDD
CNST
------
1-26
DDD
FO_R
1-19
------
DDD
FO_W
1-19
------
DDD
FC
1-19
------
DDD
FD
1-19
------
DDD
FBR1_R
------
1.0-30.22
DDD.DD
- 353 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
FBR2_R
------
1.0-30.22
DDD.DD
FBR3_R
------
1.0-30.22
DDD.DD
FBR4_R
------
1.0-30.22
DDD.DD
FBR5_R
------
1.0-30.22
DDD.DD
FBR6_R
------
1.0-30.22
DDD.DD
FBR7_R
------
1.0-30.22
DDD.DD
FBR8_R
------
1.0-30.22
DDD.DD
FBR9_R
------
1.0-30.22
DDD.DD
FBR10_R
------
1.0-30.22
DDD.DD
FBR11_R
------
1.0-30.22
DDD.DD
FBR12_R
------
1.0-30.22
DDD.DD
FBR13_R
------
1.0-30.22
DDD.DD
FBR14_R
------
1.0-30.22
DDD.DD
FBR15_R
------
1.0-30.22
DDD.DD
FBR16_R
------
1.0-30.22
DDD.DD
FBR17_R
------
1.0-30.22
DDD.DD
FBR18_R
------
1.0-30.22
DDD.DD
FBR19_R
------
1.0-30.22
DDD.DD
Please refer to the communication protocol for details.
NOTE
1SET C85 ----- Transmission ratedata type
09600evenstopbit 1
19600nonestopbit 2
24800evenstopbit 1
34800nonestopbit 2.
2SET C84 -----setting station No. The value of C84 must be the same as the PLCs station No.
When connecting multiple instruments, for distinguishing instruments, each instrument must be set
C84 value with a different parameter. .
3Must press FUNC+PARA to set the parameter
4PROG. have 19 numbers and SEG have 30 numbers, press DOWN key (sub) and PROG key (add) to
change program number
5 Press FUNC+PROG to change the program.----every program must be set firstly and then
communicate will be ok, or else PLC Response Error will print;
6After RUN/HLD light on, many parameters cant be modified(e.g. SET) In order to reset, press
PROG+RUN/HOLD .
Modify the parameter at the state of DISP, not at the state of INPUT
7On the temperature controller, time parameters show number with sexagesimal.
Example it shows 2222 on the screen, but on the controller panel shows 37.02-----37.00*60+2=2222
8PROGs address setting
FBR1_R indicates prog 1. (e.g. PROG 1) format: DDD.DD. Main address DDD indicates seg No,
subaddress DD indicates parameter value, the correspondence as follows
ExampleFBR1_R address 11.10 indicates PROG 1,SEG 1,T1 2nd
- 354 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Sub addr DD correspond to temperature controller
Sub Addr
Parameter
Sub Addr
Parameter
.0
SP
.12
T2 2nd
.1
TM
.13
T3 1st
.2
NoneSkip
.14
T3 2nd
.3
EV1
.15
T4 1st
.4
Blank
.16
T4 2nd
.5
EV2
.17
T5 1st
.6
Blank
.18
T5 2nd
.7
EV3
.19
PID
.8
Blank
.20
NoneSkip
.9
T1 1st
.21
9.5.
.10
T1 2nd
.22
9.5.to
.11
T2 1st
SDC36Please refer to the manual of yamatake SDC36 for details
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Data Register
4X 0-65535
DDDDD
DMCPlease refer to the manual of DMC-SPL for details, in 10-8 communication parameters
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Data Register
4X 1002-65535
DDDDD
Example: CH1 PV is according to 4X1005 in the HMIWare.
Cable Diagram
DCP 30 series
RS485 communication cable
RS232 communication cable
Need to use RS-232 to RS-422/485 converter
- 355 -
Notes
Address add 1 to the
communication parameters
list
of
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Commutator terminal
9 pin D-SUB male
com0/com1 com2
2 RX
7 RX
2 TX
3 TX
8 TX
3 RX
5 GND
5 GND
5 GND
SDC36 series
RS485 communication cable
DMC series
RS485 communication cable
4.82 Yaskawa Electric Corporation
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
VInverter
CIMR-JT
2A0001B
AA
RS485 on the CPU unit
Yaskawa AH Modbus RTU
MPMotion Controller
MP2200
MP2300
MP2310
MP2300S
RS232 on the CPU unit
Yaskawa MP2300
- 356 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS232 on the CPU unit
SGDM
RS422 on the CPU unit
/ PlusServo Controller
RS232 on the CPU unit
SGDV
RS422 on the CPU unit
Yaskawa SGDM
Yaskawa SGDV
Network communication (support indirect online and direct online)
Series
CPU
MP series
MP2400
Link Module
ETH on the CPU unit
Driver
Yaskawa Ethernet(UDP Slave)
Serial System configuration
Series
CPU
CIMR-JT2A
0001BAA
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485-2
Setting
Your owner cable
MP2300
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS422 on the CPU unit
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS422 on the CPU unit
RS485-4
Setting
Your owner cable
Parameter
Cable
MP
/
Plus
SGDM
SGDV
Link Module
COM Type
Parameter
Cable
Network System configuration
Series
MP series
CPU
MP2400
Link Module
COMM Type
ETH on the CPU unit
ETH
Setting
Your owner cable
Serial Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Yaskawa AH Modbus RTU protocol
Default communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1
PLC Setting
20.0 change the inverter panel button up or down, adjustment to the parameter mode
21.0 then adjust to H5-01 by the button up or downaccording to the required parameter set
No.
Name
Scope
- 357 -
Parameter description
Setting
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
H5-01
Secondary station
address
0~FFH
Secondary station
number
1F
H5-02
The choice of the
communication speed
0~5
01200bps
12400bps
24800bps
39600bps
419200bps
538400bps
H5-03
The choice of the
communication check
0~2
0no check
1even check
2odd check
NOTE: the inverter should be restarted to be effective
Yaskawa MP2300 protocol
Default communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station: 1
Yaskawa SGDM protocol
Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 1; station: 0
RS232 communication
- 358 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485-4 communication
PLC Setting
Related parameters Settings refer to the communication equipment description
Yaskawa SGDV protocol
RS232 communication
HMI Setting
Default communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station: 0
NOTE:Set max word block package size as 2
RS485-4 communication
- 359 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE: Station No. is a decimal number corresponding to axis address of servo controller.
PLC Setting
- 360 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE
1. axis address 0020H is the station number of PLChere is hexadecimalHMI is the decimal system;
2.if you change the axis address, Parameters will be displayed unless you restart
Network Communication Setting
Yaskawa Ethernet(UDP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting
- 361 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
1. Set the IPconnect with the MPE720 software
2. How to set the IP
- 362 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Change, save, and save to flash
Restart the controller and the set is ok.
If online, then you can monitoring the data
Monitor single data
Monitor the Register
- 363 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Supported Device
V inverter
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Internal/external output node
0X1-65535
------
DDDDD
1X1-65535
------
DDDDD
Simulant input data register
------
3X1-65535
DDDDD
data register
------
4X1-65535
DDDDD
Internal/external input node
Notes
NOTE:
1 this drive can not provide write batch of word part;
2 Address correspondence: MEMOBUS+1=4X
Eg: b1-01requency instruction selectionMEMOBUS register address is 080 H;the corresponding
screen is 4X 385
MP2300
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Coil
MB0.0-4095.F
------
DDDD.H
Input Relay
IB 0.0-FFF.F
------
HHHH.H
Hold Register
------
MW 0-65534
DDDDD
Input Register
------
IW 0-7FFF
HHHH
Notes
NOTEIB0.0-0.F are occupied by the system; IW0 is occupied by the system.
SGDM
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Function Selection Basic Switches
------
Pn000 Pn003
HHH
Speed Loop Gain and so on
------
Pn100 Pn118
HHH
Position Control Reference
------
Pn200 Pn205
HHH
Speed Control Reference
------
Pn300 Pn308
HHH
Torque Control Reference
------
Pn400 Pn407
HHH
Sequence Reference
------
Pn500 Pn510
HHH
Other
------
Pn600 Pn601
HHH
Monitor mode
------
Un000 Un00D
HHH
- 364 -
Notes
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
SGDV
Device
Bit Address
Function
Selection
------------
Word Address
Format
Pn000~Pn002&Pn006~Pn009
HHH
Pn00B~Pn00D& Pn010 & Pn080
Pn100~Pn106&Pn109~Pn10F& Pn11F
Gain
------------
Pn121~Pn125&Pn131~Pn132& Pn135~Pn136
Pn139 & Pn13D&Pn140~Pn14B
HHH
Pn14F &Pn160~Pn165&Pn170 & Pn190
Position
------------
Speed
------------
Pn200 & Pn205 & Pn207 &Pn20A & Pn20E
Pn210 & Pn212 &Pn216~Pn218& Pn22A & Pn281
Pn300~Pn307&Pn310~Pn312& Pn324
HHH
HHH
Pn400~Pn410& Pn412 & Pn415 &Pn423~Pn425
Touque
------------
Pn456 & Pn460 &Pn481~Pn482&Pn486~Pn488
HHH
Pn490 &Pn493~Pn495& Pn498
Pn501~Pn503&Pn506~Pn509& Pn51B
Sequential Control
------------
Pn51E & Pn520 & Pn522 & Pn524 & Pn526
Pn528~Pn52C&Pn52F~Pn531&Pn533~Pn536
HHH
Pn550~Pn553&Pn560~Pn561&Pn600~Pn601
Input/Output signal
------------
Pn50A~Pn513&Pn515~Pn517
HHH
UDP
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Input register node
IB0000.0-FFFF.F
------
HHHHH.H
Output register node
OB0000.0-FFFF.F
------
HHHHH.H
holding register node
MB00000.0-65534.F
------
DDDDD.H
Input register
------
IW0000-FFFF
HHHH
Output register
------
OW0000-FFFF
HHHH
Holding register
------
MW00000-65534
Notes
DDDDD
NOTEIn the HMIWare, bit address format is HHHH.H, but there is no point in the controller. E.g.: In the
EV5000 software, the bit address is MB65534.F, but there is no point in the controller, and it is MB65534F.
We set the I\O address as large as enough, and we found the big address cant be written, but it is the same
effect with the monitoring.
Cable Diagram
V series inverter
RS485-2 communication cable
- 365 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
MP2300
RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com0/com1
1 FG
1 FG
2 RD(RXD)
2 SD(TXD)
3 SD(TXD)
3 RD(RXD)
5 SG(GND)
7 SG(GND)
6 DR(DSR)
9 ER(DTR)
7 RS(RTS)
4 RS(RTS)
8 CS(CTS)
5 CS(CTS)
SGDM/SGDV
RS232 communication cable
RS422 communication cable
- 366 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Ethernet communication protocol cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.83 Yokogawa Electric Corporation
Serial Communication
Series
FA-M3
CPU
Link Module
F3SP21-0N
F3SP25-2N
F3SP28-3N
F3SP35-5N
F3SP38-6N
F3SP53-4H
F3SP58-6H
F3SP28-3S
F3SP38-6S
F3SP53-4S
F3SP58-6S
F3SP59-7S
CPU Direct
F3SP20-0N
F3SP21-0N
F3SP25-2N
F3SP28-3N
F3SP30-0N
F3SP35-5N
F3SP38-6N
F3SP53-4H
F3SP58-6H
F3SP36-3N
F3SP28-3S
F3SP38-6S
F3SP53-4S
F3SP58-6S
F3SP59-7S
F3SP66-4S
F3SP67-6S
F3LC11-1N
F3LC11-1F
F3LC11-2F
F3LC12-1F
Driver
Yokogawa FA-M3
F3LC11-2N
Network Communicationdirect online simulation disable
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
- 367 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
FA-M3
F3SP21-0N
F3SP25-2N
F3SP28-3N
F3SP35-5N
F3SP38-6N
F3SP53-4H
F3LE01-5T
F3LE11-0T
F3SP58-6H
F3SP28-3S
F3SP38-6S
F3SP53-4S
F3SP58-6S
F3SP59-7S
F3LE01-5T
F3LE11-0T
F3SP66-4S
F3SP67-6S
Ethernet I/F on CPU Unit
Yokogawa
Ethernet(TCP Slave)
FA-M3
Serial System configuration
Series
FA-M3
CPU
F3SP21-0N
F3SP25-2N
F3SP28-3N
F3SP35-5N
F3SP38-6N
F3SP53-4H
F3SP58-6H
F3SP28-3S
F3SP38-6S
F3SP53-4S
F3SP58-6S
F3SP59-7S
F3SP20-0N
F3SP21-0N
F3SP25-2N
F3SP28-3N
F3SP30-0N
F3SP35-5N
Link Module
COM Type
Parameter
Cable
RS232 on the CPU
unit
RS232
Setting
Your owner cable
RS422
Setting
Your owner cable
RS422/485(4Wire)
port on F3LCLL-2F
- 368 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
F3SP38-6N
F3SP53-4H
F3SP58-6H
F3SP36-3N
F3SP28-3S
F3SP38-6S
F3SP53-4S
F3SP58-6S
F3SP59-7S
F3SP66-4S
F3SP67-6S
RS422/485(2Wire)
port on F3LCLL-2F
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
Network System configuration
Series
FA-M3
CPU
Link Module
F3SP21-0N
F3SP25-2N
F3SP28-3N
F3SP35-5N
F3SP38-6N
F3SP53-4H
F3LE01-5T
F3LE11-0T
F3SP58-6H
F3SP28-3S
F3SP38-6S
F3SP53-4S
F3SP58-6S
F3SP59-7S
F3LE01-5T
F3LE11-0T
F3SP66-4S
F3SP67-6S
Ethernet I/F
on CPU Unit
Connect Type
Parameter
Cable
Ethernet
Setting
Your owner cable
Serial Communication Setting
HMI Setting
RS232 default communication: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0 (station number disable)
- 369 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
RS485-4 default communication: 19200, 8, 1, none; station: 1
RS485-2 default communication: 19200, 8, 1, none; station: 1
- 370 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
PLC Setting
RS485-4 communication configuration
Set the 485 communication module on the right as below.
1. Transmission Speed Setting Switch: SW1=7
2. Data Code Setting Switch: SW2
Bit
Settings
Setup Description
ON
Data Length
OFF
Parity Bit
OFF
--
OFF
Stop Bit
OFF
Exist Sum Check
ON
Exist Terminator
OFF
Protect
OFF
Always OFF
3. Station No. setting 1
4. Set the termination resistance switch of only the module which terminates the connection to 4- WIRE
RS485-2 communication configuration
Set the 485 communication module on the right as below.
1. Transmission Speed Setting Switch: SW1=7
2. Data Code Setting Switch: SW2
Bit
Settings
Setup Description
ON
Data Length
OFF
Parity Bit
OFF
--
OFF
Stop Bit
OFF
Exist Sum Check
ON
Exist Terminator
OFF
Protect
- 371 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
OFF
Always OFF
3. Station No. setting 1
4. Set the termination resistance switch of only the module which terminates the connection to 2- WIRE.
Network Communication Setting
HMI Setting
PLC setting
Use the swicthes on the right side of Ethernet module for setting the External Device.
1. Set all condition setup switch off.
2. Set IP Address: 192.168.100.230.
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Link Relay
L 1~256
------
DDD
Special Relay
M 1~256
------
DDD
Internal Relay
I 1~256
------
DDDD
Output Relay
Y (233~264)&(333~364
------
DDD
Input Relay
X (201~232)&( 301~332
------
DDD
Special Register
------
Z_word 1~256
DDDD
Link Register
------
W_word 1~256
DDD
- 372 -
Notes
Read only
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Index Register
------
V_word 1~64
DD
File Register
------
B_word 1~256
DD
Data Register
------
D_word 1~256
DDD
Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
Yokogawa programming cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
com0/com1 com2
Controller terminal
6 pin
2 RX
7 RX
1 TXD
3 TX
8 TX
2 RXD
5 GND
5 GND
5 GND
RS485-4 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller
RS422 terminal
com0/com1
SDASDB+
FG
RDA-
1 RX6 RX+
5 GND
4 TX9 TX+
RDB+
RS485-2 communication cable
Ethernet communication protocol cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
4.84 YuDian AI
Serial Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
- 373 -
Driver
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
AI
AI-518
AI-701
RS485 on the CPU unit
YuDian AI Single_Loop
AI-7048
RS485 on the CPU unit
YuDian AI 4_Loop
System configuration
Series
AI
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
AI-518
AI-701
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
AI-7048
RS485 on the CPU unit
RS485
Setting
Your owner cable
Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1
Supported Device
YuDian AI Single_Loop
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
HiAL
------
Read only
LoAL
------
Read only
dHAL
------
Read only
dLAL
------
Read only
orAL
------
Read only
AL1
------
Read only
AL2
------
Read only
PV
------
Read only
MV
------
SV
------
ALARM
------
Read only
Reference
------
86
DD
Address correspond to
AI parameters code
- 374 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
NOTE
1When setting the parameter of ADDR, it match the PLC Station Number .
2If connecting many devices, you should set different ADDR values.
YuDian AI 4_Loop
AI-7048
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
HiAL
0.0-3.0
------
D.D
Read only
LoAL
0.0-3.0
------
D.D
Read only
dHAL
0.0-3.0
------
D.D
Read only
dLAL
0.0-3.0
------
D.D
Read only
orAL
0.0-3.0
------
D.D
Read only
AL1
0.0-3.0
------
D.D
Read only
AL2
0.0-3.0
------
D.D
Read only
PV
------
0.0-3.0
D.D
Read only
MV
------
0.0-3.0
D.D
SV
------
0.0-3.0
D.D
ALARM
------
0.0-3.0
D.D
Read only
Reference
------
0.0-3.086
D.DDD
Address correspond to AI
parameters code
NOTE:
1When setting the parameter of ADDR, it match the PLC Station Number.
2If connecting many devices, you should set different ADDR values.
3AI-7048 has 4 loops, so it occupies 4 address, For instance, Addr=5,address 5~8 were used by this
controller, other controller cant use address 5~8.
EXAMPLE
Take HIAL for example, look up table and then know that HIAL parameters code is 1, so HIAL for 4
channels correspond to address in HMI should be Reference0.01Reference1.01Reference2.01
Reference3.01.
If station number is 2, Reference0.01 is HIAL address of channel 2(station No. 2 + main address 0),
Reference1.01 is HIAL address of channel 2(station No. 2 + main address 1), and so on.
Thereinto the setting of station number is very important, it denotes start address of the controller (viz.
instrument address in instrument parameter), and main address just denotes 4 channels. When main address
is 0, it denotes channel (station number+0)
TABLE
Table 1
Parameter
Code
DEC
0
Adjustor
AI-518/708/808/518P/70
8P/808P
SV /SteP
Inspection instrument
AI-519/719/719P
SV /SteP
AI-501/701
N/A
- 375 -
AI-702M/704M/706M
N/A
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
HIAL
HIAL
HIAL
HIAL
LoAL
LoAL
LoAL
LoAL
dHAL
HdAL
HdAL
N/A
dLAL
LdAL
LdAL
N/A
dF
CHYS
AHYS
dF
Ctrl
Ctrl
N/A
N/A
M5
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
10
CtI
CtI
N/A
N/A
11
Sn
InP
InP
Sn
12
dIP
dPt
dPt
dIP
13
dIL
SCL
SCL
dIL
14
dIH
SCH
SCH
dIH
15
ALP
AOP
AOP
ALP
16
Sc
Scb
Scb
Sc
17
OP1
OPt
OPt
OPn
18
oPL
OPL
N/A
oPL
19
oPH
OPH
N/A
oPH
20
CF
AF
N/A
Cn
21
Feature codes/Program Feature codes/Program Feature
codes(the
control
words(Run:0 control
words(Run:0 same to SV, and it
Pause:4 Stop:12)
Pause:4 Stop:12)
can be modified)
Feature codes
22
Add.R/W
Add.R/W
Add.R/W
Add.R/W
23
dL
FILt
FILt
dL
24
run
A-M
N/A
nonc
25
Loc
Loc
Loc
Loc
26
C01(set the MV when C01(set the MV when
writing AI-808)
writing AI-519/719)
27
t01
t01
28
C02
C02
29
t02
t02
30
C03
C03
31
t03
t03
32
C04
C04
33
t04
t04
34
C05
C05
35
t05
t05
36
C06
C06
37
t06
t06
38
C07
C07
39
t07
t07
- 376 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
40
C08
C08
41
t08
t08
42
C09
C09
t09-C30
t09-C30
43-85
86
Run time
program
of
current Run time of current
program
Table 2
Parameter Code
Flow totalizer
AI-301M
4 loop PID
adjustor
AI-708H/Y/808H
Frequency
measurement/switching value
AI-7048
DEC
HEX
00H
SV
SV
SP
01H
FHIA
HIAL
HIAL
02H
FloA
LoAL
LoAL
03H
SPE
dHAL
04H
Act
dLAL
05H
Sn
dF
AHYS
06H
FSc
CtrL
At
07H
PdIH
M5
08H
CSc
09H
CdIH
10
0AH
Cut
CtI
11
0BH
FdIH
Frd
InP
12
0CH
FdIP
dIP
dPt
13
0DH
PA
dIL
SCL
14
0EH
Po
dIH
SCH
15
0FH
Co
ALP
AOP
16
10H
Frd
switch state
Scb
17
11H
CF
oP1
18
12H
bC
OPL
19
13H
IoL
OPH
OPH
20
14H
FoH
CF
AF
21
15H
Feature codes
Feature codes
Feature codes
22
16H
Add.R/W
Add.R/W
Add.R/W
23
17H
IoH
dL
FILt
24
18H
FdL
run
Nonc
25
19H
Loc
Loc
Loc
26
1AH
N/A
MV
Cn
27
1BH
FdF
28
1CH
CHIA
29
1DH
CLoA
- 377 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
30
1EH
PHIA
31
1FH
PLoA
32
20H
ALP
33
21H
FSb
34
22H
CdIP
35
23H
PdIP
36
24H
PSc
37
25H
CLn
38
26H
FLJH
39
27H
FLJL
40
28H
EJH
41
29H
EJL
42
2AH
43-85
2BH-55H
86
56H
Mass accumulation value of zero position
Cable Diagram
RS485 communication cable
RS232 communication cable
Need to use RS-232 to RS-422/485 converter
4.85 ZiGuang Ethernet
Network Communication
Series
CPU
Link Module
Driver
ZiGuang Ethernet
UNIS-600C
Ethernet
ZiGuang Ethernet Slave
- 378 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
Network System configuration
Series
CPU
Link Module
COMM Type
Parameter
Cable
ZiGuang Ethernet
UNIS-600C
Ethernet
Ethernet
Setting
Your owner cable
Ethernet Communication Setting
HMI Setting
PLC Setting
1. Settings in the software as follows:
(1) System basic configuration: Set the controller number, IP address, and the PC IP address.
(2) Configuration of data tag: set the parameters according to the actual I/O card. The PLC register address
should be the same as the ID number of the data tag.
- 379 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
to
Use these two buttons to
choose the IO card
add or delete current
that needs to be
card.
Use
this
box
added or deleted.
This box displays
current card list.
Use these two buttons
to add or delete the
channels
card.
This
box
displays
data tag of added
Card type
Choose the slot(free) of
card that needs to be
added
The controller only has 8 slots in
actual, the slot 8-15 is the
system simulation slots.
3Update and get configuration: After finish the system basic configuration and data tag configuration,
icon to update the configurations in
choose the Update Configuration in the Tool menu or click the
icon to get the
the controller. Choose the Get Configuration in the Tool menu or click the
configuration in the controller.
- 380 -
of
added
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller
4Click
icon after updating controller configuration, then it will pop upWinEmu window, real-time
control of script debugging window and none-real time control of script debugging window.
WinEmu window monitors the internal data of controller, real-time control of script debugging window and
none-real time control of script debugging window provide environment for customer secondary
development.
Supported Device
Device
Bit Address
Word Address
Format
Notes
Bool_Read
Bool_Read 0-65535
------
DDDDD
Read only
Bool_Write
Bool_Write 0-65535
------
DDDDD
Write only
Float_Read
------
Float_Read 0-65535
DDDDD
Read only
Int_Read
------
Int_Read 0-65535
DDDDD
Read only
Float_Write
------
Float_Write 0-65535
DDDDD
Write only
Int_Write
------
Int_Write 0-65535
DDDDD
Write only
------
Time 0-2
NOTE: The name and address of registers in HMI must be same as register in Ziguang controller when
defining in HMI.
Cable Diagram
Ethernet communication protocol cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.
- 381 -
You might also like
- Product AMD Type/Series C/CP2000 Appl. Note Nr. C-CP2000 PID Set-Up Release Date April 11, 2016No ratings yetProduct AMD Type/Series C/CP2000 Appl. Note Nr. C-CP2000 PID Set-Up Release Date April 11, 20168 pages
- Powerflex Digital DC Drive: User ManualNo ratings yetPowerflex Digital DC Drive: User Manual416 pages
- DRV Masterdrives MC Catalog Da 65 3 PDFNo ratings yetDRV Masterdrives MC Catalog Da 65 3 PDF224 pages
- Vfd-Ed New Elevator Drive: Delta ConfidentialNo ratings yetVfd-Ed New Elevator Drive: Delta Confidential21 pages
- Treinamento Avançado - EtherCAT - Apresentation - Rev - 3 - 0No ratings yetTreinamento Avançado - EtherCAT - Apresentation - Rev - 3 - 016 pages
- MT6050i MT8050i: Installation InstructionNo ratings yetMT6050i MT8050i: Installation Instruction2 pages
- Physio Arm Control For Patient Using IOT TechnologyNo ratings yetPhysio Arm Control For Patient Using IOT Technology5 pages
- English: Language Translation Document No. 5.14010.05 Part No. 452984 Status 1-Mar-2018No ratings yetEnglish: Language Translation Document No. 5.14010.05 Part No. 452984 Status 1-Mar-2018194 pages
- EVS93xx - 9300 Servo 0.37-11kW - v3-0 - ENNo ratings yetEVS93xx - 9300 Servo 0.37-11kW - v3-0 - EN46 pages
- DELTA IA-PLC EtherNet-IP OP EN 20190513No ratings yetDELTA IA-PLC EtherNet-IP OP EN 20190513132 pages
- Industrial Protocols Manual Fot DataMan8000No ratings yetIndustrial Protocols Manual Fot DataMan8000119 pages
- Tag Over Your Project: Professionals in Human Machine InterfaceNo ratings yetTag Over Your Project: Professionals in Human Machine Interface6 pages
- TOX Manual TOX Software Worx Line X Referenz enNo ratings yetTOX Manual TOX Software Worx Line X Referenz en154 pages
- Modicon Micro PLCS: TSX 3705/3708/3710/3720 Implementation Manual Volume 1No ratings yetModicon Micro PLCS: TSX 3705/3708/3710/3720 Implementation Manual Volume 1602 pages
- 3BSE085844 ABB Control Technologies For The Sugar IndustryNo ratings yet3BSE085844 ABB Control Technologies For The Sugar Industry43 pages
- Rockwell Software Prompts To Log On To FactoryTalkNo ratings yetRockwell Software Prompts To Log On To FactoryTalk10 pages
- FC Series Add-On Instruction For VLT® EtherNetIP MCA 121 MG92M102No ratings yetFC Series Add-On Instruction For VLT® EtherNetIP MCA 121 MG92M10214 pages
- Inovance It6000 Hmi Software Use Manual English 20 4 20100% (1)Inovance It6000 Hmi Software Use Manual English 20 4 20345 pages
- Kinco HMI and PLC Connecting Guide en 1506100% (1)Kinco HMI and PLC Connecting Guide en 1506403 pages
- Kinco HMI and PLC Connecting Guide en 1506No ratings yetKinco HMI and PLC Connecting Guide en 1506403 pages
- HMI and PLC Connecting Guide Dtool 20200330No ratings yetHMI and PLC Connecting Guide Dtool 20200330507 pages
- Drafting Purchase Price Adjustment Clauses in M&A: Guarantees, retrospective and future oriented Purchase Price Adjustment ToolsFrom EverandDrafting Purchase Price Adjustment Clauses in M&A: Guarantees, retrospective and future oriented Purchase Price Adjustment ToolsNo ratings yet
- Model 731A/Model P31 System Seismic Accelerometer and Power AmplifierNo ratings yetModel 731A/Model P31 System Seismic Accelerometer and Power Amplifier2 pages
- Timoshenko. Strength of Materials. Parts I - II (2nd Ed, 1947) - Print - ScannedNo ratings yetTimoshenko. Strength of Materials. Parts I - II (2nd Ed, 1947) - Print - Scanned7 pages
- KT-300 Installation Manual DN1315 0810 enNo ratings yetKT-300 Installation Manual DN1315 0810 en22 pages
- NI Serial Hardware: Specifications and Features GuideNo ratings yetNI Serial Hardware: Specifications and Features Guide51 pages
- EC5700R - DIGITAL INDICATING CONTROLLER - Specification SheetNo ratings yetEC5700R - DIGITAL INDICATING CONTROLLER - Specification Sheet8 pages
- Cewe Instrument - Prometer - Multifunction Energy MeterNo ratings yetCewe Instrument - Prometer - Multifunction Energy Meter20 pages
- ACU1000 Four/Eight Door Access Controller: Key FeaturesNo ratings yetACU1000 Four/Eight Door Access Controller: Key Features2 pages
- DCAP-5082C Rotor Grounding Protection Unit (V2.2.0.4-20160328)No ratings yetDCAP-5082C Rotor Grounding Protection Unit (V2.2.0.4-20160328)19 pages
- Siemens BT and Control System Integration Requirements_BAS_Integration_StandardNo ratings yetSiemens BT and Control System Integration Requirements_BAS_Integration_Standard4 pages
- Operation Manual: Original Instructions Thermo-CoolerNo ratings yetOperation Manual: Original Instructions Thermo-Cooler120 pages
- Sensor de Temperatura 0-200ºC - STI - T2850-101No ratings yetSensor de Temperatura 0-200ºC - STI - T2850-1012 pages
